Date post: | 01-Dec-2014 |
Category: |
Documents |
Upload: | aime-ollier |
View: | 236 times |
Download: | 3 times |
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
Y 1
08
RELEASED
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
4
4
EVOLIUMSite
Originators
STUTTGART
:
Domain
ENGINEERING RULES
Division
AND CONFIGURATIONS
Rubric
G4 BTS – MBI
TypeDistribution Codes Internal External
::::
ALCATEL 900/1800/1900 BSSENGINEERING DOCUMENTATIONBTSHW CONFIGURATION RULES
:
G. GRASSINR. D. WOELFLE
PREDISTRIBUTION (*)STUTTGART VELIZY EUJ.SCHREIBER F.MENET D.RENAUDEAU M. HENNEQUINV.MIHAL PL.RUET M.LACOMBE G. CARLEJ.COLLMAR O.BARATTE S. DAVAI N. DELISLER.NUECHTER N.HECKEL MASSYU.HOERNCHEN C.DIDIER A. PEDRAZAM. ELSAESSER R.CORDANIK. SAAGER S. DUBLED TIMISOARA
M. IORTOMAN V. MAIER
Distribution is made:– via DIAMS for Released documents. URL: http://bcv85s24.vz.cit.alcatel.fr/edms/login.htm ,– via e_mail for Proposals.
ABSTRACTThis document describes the engineering rules and the hardware configurations of the Alcatel 9100 Multi–standard Base Station Indoor for GSM, and the ordering rules for each configuration in accordance withthe PCL references.
Approvals
NameApp.
App.Name
J.SCHREIBER
P. Y. COURTINE
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
Y 2
08
RELEASED
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
4
4
(*) Predistribution list for document review.
REVIEWEd06 compared with “Configurator v4.6”–Tool (from Massy site)
HISTORY
Ed.01 – Proposal 01 on 2002–01–31Creation.
Ed.01 – Proposal 02 on 2002–02–21– MBI3 and MBI5 rack layouts updated: add of missing dummy panel between STASR1 and STASR2,– Possibility to implement a BATS in STASR where 2 x ANY + 1 x ANC are already foreseen,– Alignment on PCL Ed20–Pr02 (new definition of the TDRs related to DC and AC cabinets),– Remark from R.Nuechter taken into account. (EDGE power: TRAD 12W, TADH 25W, TRAP 25W)
Ed.01 – Proposal 03 on 2002–03–25– Update according to review report EVOLIUM/R&D/O&M/SYSTEM/2002.029,– AC power supply is now proposed for High Power configurations,– 3x1...3 High Power is now operated with 3 x TADH (no more mixing of HP and MP TREs),– Add of 2x1...4 AC / BU101, 3x1...2 AC / BU101.
Ed.01 – Released on 2002–04–17– Released according to review report EVOLIUM/R&D/O&M/SYSTEM/2002.041.
Ed.02 – Proposal 01 on 2002–09–06– Remark concerning usage of single ANY added– Introduction of of new configurations:
Standard configurations MBI5: 4x1...3 DC and 2x4+2x2 DCHigh power GSM1800 – TRDH MBI5: 2x1...2 AC and 3x2 AC
Ed.02 – Released on 2002–09–24– Released with replacement of MBO*OOC with EXTBAT*OO4 in MBI5 AC variants
Ed.03 – Proposal 01 on 2002–12–18– Some minor bug corrections– Introduction of GSM 900 High Power (TAGH)– Introduction of of configurations with ANX & ANY MBI3 – 1x1...4 DC or AC
MBI3 – 2x1...2 DC or ACMBI3 – 3x1...2 DC
– Extension of the mnemonic for bi–sector configurations with pre–equipment:Addition of maximum allowed number of TRX in the “–Pre”–Part.
Ed.03 – Proposal 02 on 2003–01–14– Some bug corrections– Addition of additional fixing kit (option)– Change of ANC ordering rule for MBI5 4x1...3 DC (One ANC with CS04 required)
Ed.03 – Released on 2003–02–25– Released as described in Ed.03, proposals 01 & 02, with some further bug correction– Clarification of quantity rules for ANY of multiband configurations
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
Y 3
08
RELEASED
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
4
4
Ed.04– Proposal 01 on 2003–03–26– Some bug corrections– Deletion of the “Low loss” addendum in the MBI5 9...12 (chapter 4.8) and change form “VL” (”very low loss”) to “LL” in MBI5 9...12TRX (chapter 5.3)– Introduction of MBI5 – 1x6 + 2x3 – DC
Ed.04– Released on 2003–03–26– Released as described in proposal 01 with some further bug corrections, i.e.:
Usage of 3 ANC without cables and one with cables for all configurations with 4 ANC
Ed.05– Proposal 01 on 2003–07–31– Introduction of 24V DC power supply for some MBI5 configurations– Change of antenna mapping
Ed.05– Released on 2003–08–05– Released as described in proposal 01
Ed.06– Proposal 01 on 2003–11–11– Introduction of ANB– Introduction of new configuration: MBI5 4x1...2 HP DC
Ed.06– Released on 2003–11–19– Some minor bug corrections– Introduction of multiband configurations 900/1900–Introductions of changes as described in proposal 1:
– Introduction of ANB– Introduction of new configuration: MBI5 4x1...2 HP DC
Ed.07– Proposal 01 on 2004–02–12– Introduction of configurations with ANY High Power: 1x1...8 and 1x1...8 24V DC– Introduction of new configuration MBI3 3x1 High Power DC 900 MHz– Introduction of TRE EDGE+ (enhanced 8–PSK power) for all 900 & 1800 MP configurations
Ed.07– Released on 2004–04–20– with changes as described in proposal 1, and:
– Introduction of new configuration MBI5 3x3 Low Loss DC– Introduction of configurations High Power MBD and MBC– Introduction of new configuration MBI3 2x1...2 GSM850 / 1x1...2 GSM1900 MBD DC– Introduction of new conf. MBI5 3x1/3x2 and 3x2/3x1 MBD or 3x(1/2) and 3x(2/1) MBC DC– Introduction of new conf. MBI5 3x1/3x2 and 3x2/3x1 HP MBD or 3x(1/2) and 3x(2/1) HP MBC DC
Ed.08– Proposal 01 on 2004–07–23– Replacement of ANY by ANY high power– Introduction of new configurations MBI5 1x7+1x5 900/1800 DC and MBI5 2x5+1x2 900/1800 DC– Introduction of configurations without TRE– Introduction of new configuration MBI5 3x1...2 + 1x4 with ANY for single antenna– Addition and update of antenna mappings for configurations with more than 4 ANC– Correction of bugs found by comparison with “Configurator v4.6”–Tool from Massy
Ed.08 – Proposal 2 on 2004–00–09– Addition of MBI3 without TRE to existing MBI5 without TRE (from proposal 1)– Introduction of TRE High Power EDGE+– Addition of the option “E+” to the mnemonics for configurations with new TRE for EDGE+– Update to a common ANC numbering: Sector n= ANC1, p= 2, q = 3, r = 4, s = 5, t = 6
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
Y 4
08
RELEASED
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
4
4
Ed.08– Released on 2004–10–06– with changes as described in proposal 2
INTERNAL REFERENCED DOCUMENTS
Product Configuration Level – A9100 BTS3BK 15015 AAAA ALZZA
For other references, refer to the document itself.
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
Not applicable.
END OF DOCUMENT
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
1
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
HW CONFIGURATION RULES
TABLE OF CONTENTS
LIST OF FIGURES AND TABLES 4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HISTORY 6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
REFERENCED DOCUMENTS 7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RELATED DOCUMENTS 7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PREFACE 8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1 INTRODUCTION 8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2 GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS AND CONFIGURATIONS 9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1 General characteristics 9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.2 Configurations overview 11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.3 Special configurations 13. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.4 Restrictions and Remarks 13. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.4.1 Usage of ANY 14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3 ENGINEERING RULES 15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 Rack and subrack configuration 15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 Rack and subrack configuration – AC variant 16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.3 Rack and subrack configuration – 24V DC variant 16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.4 Usage of ANB instead of ANC 17. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.5 Modules location, numbering schemes 17. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.5.1 STASR subrack 17. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.5.2 SUMA board 18. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.5.3 Sectors mapping 18. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.5.4 Sectors mapping on customer network 19. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.5.5 Location rules for ANC and ANY 19. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.5.6 TRE locations 20. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.6 RF cabling 21. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.6.2 Antenna connectors mapping 21. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.6.3 Handling of ANB/ANC paths 21. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.6.4 Handling of the bridges on ANC 22. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.6.5 Handling of 50 Ohm loads on ANB/ANC and ANY. 23. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ED DATE CHANGE NOTE APPRAISAL AUTHORITY ORIGINATOR
01 020417 Creation EVOLIUM/R&D/BTS ,QD R&D/
08 041006 Modification EVOLIUM/R&D/BTS ,QD R&D/
ENGINEERING RULESAND CONFIGURATIONSG4 BTS – MBI
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
2
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
3.7 Cooling rules 23. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.7.1 Cooling fans 23. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.7.2 Dummy panels 23. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.8 Microwave equipments in MBI cabinets 24. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.9 External alarms 24. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.10 Clock synchronization 24. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.11 ... how to interpret the configurations : 25. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4 STANDARD CONFIGURATIONS – GSM 850, 900, 1800, 1900 26. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1 MBI3 – 1x1...8 – DC 26. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2 MBI3 – 1x1...4 – AC 28. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3 MBI3 – 2x1...4 – DC 30. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.4 MBI3 – 2x1...2 – AC 32. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.5 MBI3 – 3x1...2 – DC 34. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.6 MBI3 – 3x1 – AC 36. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.7 MBI5 – 1x1...8 – DC or AC 38. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.8 MBI5 – 1x9...12 – DC or AC 41. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.9 MBI5 – 2x1...4 – AC with BU101 43. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.10 MBI5 – 2x1...6 – DC or AC 45. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.11 MBI5 – 1x1...8 + 1x1...4 – DC or AC 48. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.12 MBI5 – 1x7 + 1x5 DC 50. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.13 MBI5 – 3x1...2 – AC with BU101 52. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.14 MBI5 – 3x1...4 – DC or AC 54. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.15 MBI5 – 4x1...3 – DC 56. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.16 MBI5 – 2x4 + 2x2 – DC 59. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.17 MBI5 – 1x6 + 2x3 – DC 61. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.17.1 MBI5 – 1x6 + 2x3 – DC with ANY 61. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.17.2 MBI5 – 1x6 + 2x3 – DC without ANY 63. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.18 MBI5 – 2x5 + 1x2 – DC 65. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.19 MBI5 – 3x1..2 + 1x4 – DC with ANY 67. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.20 MBI3 – 1x1...4 – DC or AC with ANX and ANY 69. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.21 MBI3 – 2x1...2 – DC or AC with ANX 71. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.22 MBI3 – 3x1...2 – DC with ANX 73. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.23 MBI5 – 1x1...8 – 24V DC 75. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.24 MBI5 – 2x1...4 – 24V DC 78. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.25 MBI5 – 3x1...3 – 24V DC 80. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.26 MBI5 – 4x1...2 – 24V DC 82. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5 LOW LOSS CONFIGURATIONS – GSM 900, 1800, 1900 84. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.1 MBI3 1x3...4 – Low Loss – DC or AC 84. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.2 MBI5 – 1x3...8 – Low Loss – DC or AC 86. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.3 MBI5 1x9...12 – Low Loss – DC or AC 88. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.4 MBI5 – 2x3...6 – Low Loss – DC 90. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.5 MBI5 – 3x3 – Low Loss – DC 92. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6 HIGH POWER CONFIGURATIONS – GSM 900, 1800 94. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.1 MBI3 – 1x1...3 – High Power – DC or AC 94. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.2 MBI3 – 2x1...2 – High Power – DC or AC 96. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.3 MBI3 – 3x1 – High Power – DC 98. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.4 MBI5 – 1x1...4 – High Power – DC or AC 100. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.5 MBI5 – 1x1...8 – High Power – DC or AC 102. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.6 MBI5 – 2x1...4 – High Power – DC or AC 104. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.7 MBI5 – 3x1...3 – High Power – DC or AC 106. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.8 MBI5 – 3x4 – High Power – DC 108. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
3
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
6.9 3x4 – High power for high temperatures 109. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.10 MBI5 – 4x1...2 – High Power DC 110. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.11 3x6 – High power 112. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.12 MBI5 – 2x1...2 – High Power – TRDH – AC 113. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.13 MBI5 – 3x2 – High Power – TRDH – AC 115. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.14 MBI5 – 1x1...8 – High Power 24V DC 117. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7 EXTENDED CELL CONFIGURATION – GSM 900 119. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8 MULTIBAND CONFIGURATIONS – GSM 900/1800, 900/1900 AND 850/1900 122. . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.1 MBI3 – 1x1...4/1x1...4 MBD or 1x(...4/...4) MBC – DC 122. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.2 MBI3 – 2x1...2/1x1...2 MBD – DC 124. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.3 MBI5 – 1x1...6/1x1...6 MBD or 1x(...6/...6) MBC – DC or AC 126. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.4 MBI5 – 1x1...8/1x1...4 MBD or 1x(...8/...4) MBC – DC or AC 129. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.5 MBI5 1x1...4/1x1...8 MBD or 1x(...4/...8) MBC – DC or AC 132. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.6 MBI5 – 1x3...8 LL/1x1...4 MBD – DC or AC 135. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.7 MBI5 – 1x1...4/2x1...4 MBD – DC or AC 137. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.8 MBI5 – 2x1...4/1x1...4 MBD – DC or AC 139. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.9 MBI5 – 1x1...4/...4,...2,...2 MBD – DC 142. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.10 MBI5 – ...4,...2,...2/1x1...4 MBD – DC 144. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.11 MBI5 – 2x1...4/2x1...2 MBD or 2x(...4/...2) MBC – DC 146. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.12 MBI5 – 2x1...2/2x1...4 MBD or 2x(...2/...4) MBC – DC 147. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.13 MBI5 – 1x(...2/...2), 1x(...4/...4) MBC – DC 148. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.14 MBI5 – 3x1/3x1...2 MBD or 3x(1/...2) MBC DC 150. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.15 MBI5 – 3x2/3x1 MBD or 3x(2/1) MBC DC 152. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9 HIGH POWER MULTIBAND CONFIGURATIONS 154. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.1 MBI5 – 1x1...6/1x1...6 HP MBD or 1x(...6/...6) HP MBC – DC 154. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.2 MBI5 – 1x1...8/1x1...4 HP MBD or 1x(...8/...4) HP MBC – DC 157. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.3 MBI5 1x1...4/1x1...8 HP MBD or 1x(...4/...8) HP MBC – DC 159. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.4 MBI5 – 1x3...8 LL/1x1...4 HP MBD – DC 162. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.5 MBI5 – 1x1...4/2x1...4 HP MBD – DC 165. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.6 MBI5 – 2x1...4/1x1...4 HP MBD – DC 167. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.7 MBI5 – 1x1...4/...4,...2,...2 HP MBD – DC 169. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.8 MBI5 – ...4,...2,...2/1x1...4 HP MBD – DC 171. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.9 MBI5 – 2x1...4/2x1...2 HP MBD or 2x(...4/...2) HP MBC – DC 173. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.10 MBI5 – 2x1...2/2x1...4 HP MBD or 2x(...2/...4) HP MBC – DC 174. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.11 MBI5 – 2x1...3/2x1...3 HP MBD or 2x(...3/...3) HP MBC – DC 175. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.12 MBI5 – 2x1...2/2x1...2 HP MBD or 2x(...2/...2) HP MBC – 24V DC 177. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.13 MBI5 – 1x(...2/...2), 1x(...4/...4) HP MBC – DC 180. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.14 MBI5 – 3x1/3x1HP MBD or 3x(1/1) HP MBC DC 182. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.15 MBI5 – 3x1/3x2 HP MBD or 3x(1/2) HP MBC DC 184. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.16 MBI5 – 3x2/3x1 HP MBD or 3x(2/1) HP MBC DC 186. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10 EMPTY CONFIGURATIONS 188. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.1 MBI3–0TRX – DC or AC 188. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.2 MBI5–0TRX – DC or AC 190. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11 OPTIONAL EQUIPMENTS & INSTALLATION KITS 192. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.1 Kit for microwave equipments 192. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.2 Installation kits : characteristics 192. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GLOSSARY / TERMINOLOGY 195. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
4
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
LIST OF FIGURES AND TABLES
Table 1. Sum–up of the main G4 BTS–MBI characteristics 10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 2. Configurations overview G4 BTS – MBI. 13. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 1. Subracks equipment in MBI racks 15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 2. Areas allocation for AC/DC, BATS and BBU in MBI racks 16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 3. Position of connectors on STASR backpanel. 17. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 3. Possible subrack connectors used by the modules. 18. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 4. Sectors mapping in MBI3 and MBI5 configurations up to 4 sectors 19. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 4. Equivalent combinations for unbalanced sectors 20. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 5. Antenna connectors mapping – Top view 21. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 6. ANB representation 22. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 7. ANY representation 22. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 8. Position of the lower Fan Stage 23. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 9. MBI3 – 1x1...8 – DC 26. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 10. MBI3 – 1x1...4 – AC 28. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 11. MBI3 – 2x1...4 – DC 30. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 12. MBI3 – 2x1...2 – AC 32. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 13. MBI3 – 3x1...2 – DC 34. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 14. MBI3 – 3x1 – AC 36. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 15. MBI5 – 1x1...8 – DC or AC 38. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 16. MBI5 – 1x9...12 – DC or AC 41. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 17. MBI5 – 2x1...4 – AC with BU101 43. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 18. MBI5 – 2x1...6 – DC or AC 45. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 19. MBI5 – 1x1...8 + 1x1...4 – DC or AC 48. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 20. MBI5 – 1x1...7 + 1x1...5 DC 50. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 21. MBI5 – 3x1...2 – AC with BU101 52. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 22. MBI5 – 3x1...4 – DC or AC 54. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 23. MBI5 – 2x4 + 2x2 – DC 59. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 24. MBI5 – 1x6 + 2x3 – DC with ANY 61. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 25. MBI5 – 1x6 + 2x3 – DC without ANY 63. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 26. MBI5 – 2x5 + 1x2 DC 65. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 27. MBI5 – 1x1...2 + 1x4 – DC with ANY 67. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 28. MBI3 – 1x1...4 – DC or AC with ANX and ANY 69. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 29. MBI3 – 2x1...2 – DC or AC with ANX 71. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 30. MBI3 – 3x1...2 – DC with ANX 73. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 31. MBI5 – 1x1...8 – 24V DC 75. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 32. MBI5 – 2x1...4 – 24V DC 78. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 33. MBI5 – 3x1...3 – 24V DC 80. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 34. MBI5 – 4x1...2 – 24V DC 82. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 35. MBI3 – 1x3...4 – Low Loss – DC or AC 84. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 36. MBI5 – 1x3...8 – Low Loss – DC or AC 86. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 37. MBI5 1x9...12 – Low Loss – DC or AC 88. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 38. MBI5 – 2x3...6 – Low Loss – DC 90. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 39. MBI5 – 3x3 Low Loss – DC 92. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 40. MBI3 – 1x1...3 – High Power – DC or AC 94. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 41. MBI3 – 2x1 – High Power – DC or AC 96. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 42. MBI3 – 3x1...1 – High Power – DC 98. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 43. MBI5 – 1x1...4 – High Power – DC or AC 100. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 44. MBI5 – 1x1...8 – High Power – DC or AC 102. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 45. MBI5 – 2x1...4 – High Power – DC or AC 104. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 46. MBI5 – 3x1...3 – High Power – DC or AC 106. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 47. MBI5 – 3x4 – High Power – DC 108. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 48. 3x1...6 HP site configuration 112. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
5
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
Figure 49. MBI5 – 2x1...2 – High Power – TRDH – AC 113. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 50. MBI5 – 3x2 – High Power – TRDH – AC 115. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 51. MBI5 – 1x1...8 – High Power 24V DC 117. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 52. Extended Cell configuration 119. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 53. MBI5 – Extended Cell configuration based on RX TMA 120. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 54. MBI3 – 1x1...4/1x1...4 MBD or 1x(...4/...4) MBC – DC 122. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 55. MBI3 – 2x1...2/1x1...2 – DC 124. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 56. MBI5 – 1x1...6/1x1...6 MBD or 1x(...6/...6) MBC – DC or AC 126. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 57. MBI5 – 1x1...8/1x1...4 MBD or 1x(...8/...4) MBC – DC or AC 129. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 58. MBI5 – 1x1...4/1x1...8 MBD or 1x(...4/...8) MBC – DC or AC 132. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 59. MBI5 – 1x3...8 LL/1x1...4 MBD – DC or AC 135. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 60. MBI5 – 1x1...4/2x1...4 MBD – DC or AC 137. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 61. MBI5 – 2x1...4/1x1...4 MBD – DC or AC 139. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 62. MBI5 – 1x1...4/...4,...2,...2 MBD – DC 142. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 63. MBI5 – ...4,...2,...2/1x1...4 MBD – DC 144. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 64. MBI5 – 2x1...4/2x1...2 MBD or 2x(...4/...2) MBC – DC 146. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 65. MBI5 – 2x1...2/2x1...4 MBD or 2x(...2/...4) MBC – DC 147. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 66. MBI5 – 1x(...2/...2), 1x(...4/...4) MBC – DC 148. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 67. MBI5 – 3x1/3x2 HP MBD DC 150. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 68. MBI5 – 3x2/3x1 HP MBD DC 152. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 69. MBI5 – 1x1...6/1x1...6 HP MBD or 1x(...6/...6) HP MBC – DC 155. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 70. MBI5 – 1x1...8/1x1...4 HP MBD or 1x(...8/...4) HP MBC – DC 157. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 71. MBI5 – 1x1...4/1x1...8 HP MBD or 1x(...4/...8) HP MBC – DC 160. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 72. MBI5 – 1x3...8 LL/1x1...4 MBD – DC 163. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 73. MBI5 – 1x1...4/2x1...4 HP MBD – DC 165. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 74. MBI5 – 2x1...4/1x1...4 HP MBD – DC 167. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 75. MBI5 – 1x1...4/...4,...2,...2 HP MBD – DC 169. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 76. MBI5 – ...4,...2,...2/1x1...4 HP MBD – DC 171. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 77. MBI5 – 2x1...4/2x1...2 HP MBD or 2x(...4/...2) HP MBC – DC 173. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 78. MBI5 – 2x1...2/2x1...4 HP MBD or 2x(...2/...4) HP MBC – DC 174. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 79. MBI5 – 2x1...3/2x1...3 HP MBD or 2x(...3/...3) HP MBC – DC 175. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 80. MBI5 – 2x1...2/2x1...2 HP MBD or 2x(...2/...2) HP MBC – 24V DC 177. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 81. MBI5 – 1x(...2/...2), 1x(...4/...4) HP MBC – DC 180. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 82. MBI5 – 3x1/3x1 HP MBD or 3x(1/1) HP MBC DC 182. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 83. MBI5 – 3x1/3x2 HP MBD DC 184. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 84. MBI5 – 3x2/3x1 HP MBD DC 186. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 85. MBI3 – 0TRX DC or AC (example) 188. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 86. MBI5 – 0TRX – DC or AC (example) 190. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
6
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
HISTORY
Ed.01 – Released on 2002–04–17– Creation.
Ed.02 – Released on 2002–09–24– Remark concerning usage of single ANY added– Introduction of of new configurations:
Standard configurations MBI5: 4x1...3 DC and 2x4+2x2 DCHigh power GSM1800 – TRDH MBI5: 2x1...2 AC and 3x2 AC
Replacement of MBO*OOC with EXTBAT*OO4 in MBI5 AC variants
Ed.03 – Released on 2003–02–25– Some minor bug corrections– Introduction of GSM 900 High Power (TAGH)– Introduction of of configurations with ANX & ANY MBI3 – 1x1...4 DC or AC
MBI3 – 2x1...2 DC or ACMBI3 – 3x1...2 DC
– Extension of the mnemonic for bi–sector configurations with pre–equipment:Addition of maximum allowed number of TRX in the “–Pre”–Part.
– Addition of additional fixing kit (option) and update of TDS references for fixing kit items– Change of ANC ordering rule for MBI5 4x1...3 DC (One ANC with CS04 required)– Clarification of quantity rules for ANY of multiband configurations
Ed.04– Released on 2003–03–26– Some bug corrections– Deletion of the “Low loss” addendum in the MBI5 9...12 (chapter 4.8) and change form “VL” (”very low loss”) to “LL” in MBI5 9...12TRX (chapter 5.3)– Introduction of MBI5 – 1x6 + 2x3 – DC– Usage of 3 ANC without cables and one with cables for all configurations with 4 ANC
Ed.05– Released on 2003–08–05– Introduction of 24V DC power supply for some MBI5 configurations– Change of antenna mapping
Ed.06– Released on 2003–11–19– Some minor bug corrections– Introduction of multiband configurations 900/1900– Introduction of ANB– Introduction of new configuration: MBI5 4x1...2 HP DC
Ed.07– Released on 2004–04–20– Introduction of configurations with ANY High Power: 1x1...8 and 1x1...8 24V DC– Introduction of new configuration MBI3 3x1 High Power DC 900 MHz– Introduction of TRE EDGE+ (enhanced 8–PSK power) for all 900 & 1800 MP configurations– Introduction of new configuration MBI5 3x3 Low Loss DC– Introduction of configurations High Power MBD and MBC– Introduction of new configuration MBI3 2x1...2 GSM850 / 1x1...2 GSM1900 MBD DC– Introduction of new conf. MBI5 3x1/3x2 and 3x2/3x1 MBD or 3x(1/2) and 3x(2/1) MBC DC– Introduction of new conf. MBI5 3x1/3x2 and 3x2/3x1 HP MBD or 3x(1/2) and 3x(2/1) HP MBC DC
Ed.08– Released on 2004–10–06– Replacement of ANY by ANY high power– Introduction of configurations MBI3 and MBI5 without TRE
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
7
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
– Introduction of new configurations MBI5 1x7+1x5 900/1800 DC and MBI5 2x5+1x2 900/1800 DC– Introduction of new configuration MBI5 3x1...2 + 1x4 with ANY for single antenna– Introduction of TRE High Power EDGE+– Addition and update of antenna mappings for configurations with more than 4 ANC– Update to a common ANC numbering: Sector n= ANC1, p= 2, q = 3, r = 4, s = 5, t = 6– Addition of the option “E+” to the mnemonics for configurations with new TRE for EDGE+– Correction of bugs found by comparison with “Configurator v4.6”–Tool from Massy
REFERENCED DOCUMENTS
[1] Product Configuration Level – A9100 BTS3BK 15015 AAAA ALZZA
[2] Product Configuration Level – Node_B3BK 15038 AAAA ALZZA
[3] Product Configuration Level – External Products3BK 15027 AAAA ALZZA
[4] GSM 850 configurations dealt with TD documentsMemorandum TD/O&M/SYSTEM/2001.098
[5] Product Index3DC 25000 0001 UZZZA
[6] GSM 850 configurations dealt with TD documentsMemorandum TD/O&M/SYSTEM/2001.098
[7] ENGINEERING RULES AND CONFIGURATIONS – G4 BTS INDOOR3BK 15015 BAAA PWZZA
[8] BTS G4 Architecture & Principles3BK 11210 0328 DSZZA
[9] BTS G3 Architecture and Principles3BK 11210 0157 DSZZA
[10] Mixed configurations between G1, G2, G3 and G4 BTS3BK 17001 0005 DSZZA
[11] EVOLIUM BTS A9100 – Hardware Description3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA
[12] Engineering Rules Range Extension Kit & Application to Extended Cell3BK 17025 0117 PGZZA
RELATED DOCUMENTS
None.
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
8
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
PREFACE
This document describes the engineering rules and the hardware configurations of the Alcatel 9100 Multi–standard Base Station Indoor for GSM, and the ordering rules for each configuration in accordance withthe PCL references.
The configurations detailed in present document are based on last evolutions of the EVOLIUMTM A9100BTS, called internally G4 step1 and G4 step2.In the present document, we will only refer to G4 BTS.
IMPORTANT :The configurations described in the document are based on :
– the actual defined and developed hardware refered in the PCL [1] and [2],– the configurations authorized by the Product Index [5], and memorandum [6].
For a best understanding, the reader is supposed to have a basic knowledge of the G4 BTS. If this is notthe case, it is advised to read first document [7].
1 INTRODUCTION
The document is organized as following :• Chapter 2 sums up the main configurations characteristics.• Chapter 3 specifies the engineering rules to build the different configurations, as set of rules to
be applied.In relation with the references of the technical data sheets (TDS) defined in the Product ConfigurationLevel (PCL) [1] and [2] :• Chapter 4 defines the Standard configurations GSM 850, 900, 1800 and 1900,• Chapter 5 defines the Low Losses configurations,• Chapter 6 defines the High Power configurations,• Chapter 7 describes the Extended Cell configuration,• Chapter 8 defines the Multiband configurations,• Chapter 9 defines the High Power Multiband configurations,• Chapter 10 describes the empty configurations (without TRE’s),• Chapter 11 describes the Optional Equipments and Installation Kits,
Usually, the possible options and extensions are indicated.
LIST OF OPEN POINTS
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
9
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
2 GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS AND CONFIGURATIONS
2.1 General characteristics
G4 BTS – MBI
Definition
Network GSM 850or GSM 900,or GSM 1800,or GSM 1900,or Multiband 900/1800 & 900/1900.
Cabinet MBI3 or MBI5
Number of sectors Max. 3 in MBI3 cabinet,Max. 4 in a MBI5 cabinet.
Configurations Refer to chapter 2.2
Power type DC or AC
TX power TRAL : GSM 850 MP 45 W 46,5 dBm +/– 0,5 dB, EDGE: 15 W
TRAG : GSM 900 MP 45 W 46,5 dBm +/– 0,5 dB, EDGE: 15 W
TRAGE: GSM 900 MP 45 W 46,5 dBm +/– 0,5 dB, EDGE: 30 W
TAGH : GSM 900 HP 60 W 47,7 dBm +/– 0,5 dB, EDGE: 25 W
TAGHE:GSM 900 HP 60W 47,8 dBm +/– 0,5 dB, EDGE: 30 W
TRAD : GSM 1800 MP 35 W 45,4 dBm +/– 0,5 dB, EDGE: 12W
TRADE : GSM 1800 MP 35 W 45,4 dBm +/– 0,5 dB, EDGE: 30W
TRAP : GSM 1900 MP 45 W 46,5 dBm +/– 0,5 dB, EDGE: 25W
TRDH: GSM 1800 HP 60 W 47,7 dBm +/– 0,5 dB
TADH : GSM 1800 HP 60 W 47,7 dBm +/– 0,5 dB, EDGE: 25W
TADHE:GSM 1800 HP 60W 47,8 dBm +/– 0,5 dB, EDGE: 30 W
Reference sensitivity – 111 dBm
Antenna network ANB (Antenna network Bi TRE, as option in configurations with lessthan 3 carriers per sector)
ANC (Antenna network with combiner)ANY (Twin Wide Band Combiner Stage and Power Splitter)
Station Unit Station Unit Sharing – One SUMA per BTS.
Options
Synchronization Master free runor
External synchronization (PCM, G1/G2/G3/G4 BTS, GPS)
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
10
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
MBI3 MBI5
Minimum initial mandatory equipment
Subracks STASR 3 5
Number of TREs – 1 sector 1 (1) 1 (1)
Number of TREs – More than 1 sector 1 TRE per sector. (1)
Number of ANB/ANC – In general 1 per sector,– 2 per sector in case of Low Losses configu-rations,– 2 per sector in case of Multiband Cell.
Antenna network – type ANY Refer to the chapter 3.5.5
Fan stages Refer to the chapter 3.7.1
Installation
Number of antennas per sector Refer to the chapter 3.6.2
Battery back–up Optional for AC configurations
Network termination impedance 75 Ω or 120 Ω
NTL No
Microwave (IDU) Yes, optional.
Extension facilities
Cabinet No
Number of sectors Yes
Table 1. Sum–up of the main G4 BTS–MBI characteristics
(1) From ordering and manufacturing point of view, it is possible to have 0 TRE in a sector .
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
11
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
2.2 Configurations overview
RACK CONFIGURATION TYPE DC ACw/oBBU
ACwith
BATS
ACwith
LBBU
GSM850
GSM900
GSM1800
GSM1900
Standard configurations
MBI3 1x1...4 X X X X X
MBI3 1x1...8 X X X (1)
MBI3 2x1...2 X X X X X
MBI3 2x1...4 X X X (1)
MBI3 3x1 X X X X X
MBI3 3x1...2 X X X X X
MBI5 1x1...8 X X X X X X X X
MBI5 1x9...12 X X X X X (1)
MBI5 2x1...4 X X X X
MBI5 2x1...6 X X X X X X (1)
MBI5 1x1...8 + 1x1...4 X X X X X
MBI5 1x7 + 1x5 X X X
MBI5 1x6 + 2x3 X X X
MBI5 3x1...2 X X X X
MBI5 3x1...4 X X X X X X (1)
MBI5 4x1..3 X X X X (1)
MBI5 2x4 + 2x2 X X X X (1)
Low Losses configurations
MBI3 1x3...4 X X X X X X
MBI5 1x3...8 X X X X X X X
MBI5 1x9...12 X X X X X (1)
MBI5 2x3...6 X X X (1)
MBI5 3x3 X X X X
High Power configurations
MBI3 2x1...2 X X X X X
MBI3 3x1 X X X
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
12
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
GSM850
GSM1900
GSM1800
GSM900
RACK ACwith
LBBU
ACwith
BATS
ACw/oBBU
DCCONFIGURATION TYPE
MBI5 1x1...4 X X X X X
MBI5 1x1...8 X X X X X
MBI5 2x1...4 X X X X X
MBI5 3x1...3 X X X X X
MBI5 3x3 X (4) (4)
MBI5 4x1...2 X X X
MBI5 2x1...2 X X (2)
MBI5 3x2 X X (2) (3)
MBI5 2x5 + 1x2 X X X
Multiband configurations – GSM 900/1800, 900/1900 and 850/1900– MBD or MBC
MBI3 1x1...4/1x1...4 or 1x(...4/...4) X X X X
MBI3 2x1...2/1x1...2 X X X
MBI5 1x1...6/1x1...6 or 1x(...6/...6) X X X X X X
MBI5 1x1...8/1x1...4 or 1x(...8/...4) X X X X X X
MBI5 1x1...4/1x1...8 or 1x(...4/...8) X X X X X X
MBI5 1x3...8LL/1x1...4 X X X X X X
MBI5 1x1...4/2x1...4 X X X X X X
MBI5 2x1...4/1x1...4 X X X X X X
MBI5 1x1...4/...4,...2,...2 X X X X
MBI5 ...4,...2,...2/1x1...4 X X X X
MBI5 2x1...4/2x1...2 or 2x(...4/...2) X X X X
MBI5 2x1...2/2x1...4 or 2x(...2/...4) X X X X
MBI5 1x(...2/...2),1x(...4/...4) X X X X
MBI5 3x1...2/3x1 or 3x(...2/1) X X X X
MBI5 3x1/3x2 or 3x(1/...2) X X X X
Multiband configurations High Power– GSM 900/1800 – MBD or MBC
MBI5 1x1...6/1x1...6 or 1x(...6/...6) X (4) (4)
MBI5 1x1...8/1x1...4 or 1x(...8/...4) X (4) (4)
MBI5 1x1...4/1x1...8 or 1x(...4/...8) X (4) (4)
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
13
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
GSM850
GSM1900
GSM1800
GSM900
RACK ACwith
LBBU
ACwith
BATS
ACw/oBBU
DCCONFIGURATION TYPE
MBI5 1x3...8LL/1x1...4 X (4) (4)
MBI5 1x1...4/2x1...4 X (4) (4)
MBI5 2x1...4/1x1...4 X (4) (4)
MBI5 1x1...4/...4,...2,...2 X (4) (4)
MBI5 ...4,...2,...2/1x1...4 X (4) (4)
MBI5 2x1...4/2x1...2 or 2x(...4/...2) X (4) (4)
MBI5 2x1...2/2x1...4 or 2x(...2/...4) X (4) (4)
MBI5 2x1...3/2x1...3 or 2x(...3/...3) X (4) (4)
MBI5 1x(...2/...2),1x(...4/...4) X (4) (4)
MBI5 3x1/3x1 or 3x(1/1) X X X
MBI5 3x2/3x1 or 3x(2/1) X X X
MBI5 3x1/3x2 or 3x(1/2) X X X
Extended Cells configurations (see remark in chapter 7)
MBI5 1x1...4/1x1...4 with TMA X X X X X
Empty configurations (without TRE’s)
MBI5 X X X X X X X X
Table 2. Configurations overview G4 BTS – MBI.
2.3 Special configurations
For the reason of stock reduction there are allowed following configurations, as long as availability is given:GSM 900/1800/1900 with ANX & ANY: MBI3 – 1x1...4 DC or AC
MBI3 – 2x1...2 DC or ACMBI3 – 3x1...2 DC
These special configurations are not described in the common engineering rules part, but in the configura-tion description part.
For usage of these configurations the TDS references for ANX and ANY have been re–added in the newedition of the PCL.
2.4 Restrictions and Remarks
(1) Restrictions for GSM 1900 :
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
14
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
– Operation under +45ºC ambient temperature is possible if maximum 6 TREs in MBI3, and 10 TREsin MBI5,– Limitation to +40ºC otherwise. (+45ºC possible if power is reduced to 28W (Pmax –2 dB))
(2) = High Power GSM1800 TRDH
(3) = No mix 1800/1900 allowed
(4) = If more than 9 TRE High Power in MBI5: Temperature limitation to +40ºC
2.4.1 Usage of ANY
With introduction of edition 8 of the ER the existing ANY have been replaced by ANY high power.In order of usage of previous ANY in stock, these can be used also for non–HP configurations.
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
15
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
3 ENGINEERING RULES
The following rules must be followed for all G4 BTS based on MBI cabinets. In case rules apply only tospecific cases, it will be mentioned.
3.1 Rack and subrack configuration
Two different racks are foreseen for the G4 BTS–MBI configurations:– the MBI3 with 3 subracks,– the MBI5 with 5 subracks.
In MBI cabinets, all subracks are pre–equipped.
In order to respect thermal dissipations requirements, RF cabling pattern standardization, space optimiza-tion, the following figures for subracks filling will be respected as much often as possible.
MBI3 MBI5
TREs
TREs
TREs
SUMA & ANs
ANs
Subrack
1
2
3
4
5
number
TREs
TREs
SUMA & ANs
Figure 1. Subracks equipment in MBI racks
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
16
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
3.2 Rack and subrack configuration – AC variant
The G4 BTS MBI may be powered from a DC 48V or AC 220V power supply.When powered from alternating current, an AC/DC conversion unit is included in STASR nº3 for the MBI3,and in STASR nº2 for the MBI5. (Refer to Figure 2. )This AC/DC conversion unit will be composed of:
• two AC/DC power modules (PM12, 1200W) in MBI3 cabinet,• three PM12 in MBI5 cabinet,• one adapter module (ADAM) in each type of cabinet.
Associated to AC function, a small (BATS) or a large battery backup unit (BBU) may be installed in the rack,with the exception that large BBU can’t take place in a MBI3 cabinet.
(Note: The large BBU is defined for 90 Ah, but the TD mnemonic is BU101.)
Note: Larger battery backup is possible from an external battery cabinet.
MBI–3 MBI–5Shelf
1
2
3
4
5
number
AC/DC BATS
AC/DC
BATS
BBU
BATS
Figure 2. Areas allocation for AC/DC, BATS and BBU in MBI racks
3.3 Rack and subrack configuration – 24V DC variant
The G4 BTS MBI may be powered from a DC 24V power supply also.In this case 24V to 48 V DC–converter modules are to be used in a special subrack in shelf no. 1.This 24/48V conversion unit is composed by:
• one DC converter subrack,• one DC converter kit,• two resp. three DC–converters.
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
17
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
3.4 Usage of ANB instead of ANC
For configrations with less than 3 TRE per sector resp. frequency threre can be used the ANB instead ofthe ANC.
3.5 Modules location, numbering schemes
3.5.1 STASR subrack
There is only one subrack type: STASR.Information about subrack and modules, like sizes (TExU), are provided in documents [8] and [9], never-theless for a best understanding some informations are reminded here after :
A B C D E F G H I
10,514xTE
21xTE
Figure 3. Position of connectors on STASR backpanel.
SUMA10,5
ANB/ANC28
ANY10,5
TRE21
TRE28
BATS28
PM1214
ANBGANBDANCGANCDANCPANCL
ANYGANYDANYPANYL
TRAGTRADTRAPTRALTADHTAGH
TRDH
A (0) X X X X X
B (1/8) X
C (1/6) X X X X
D (2/8) X X
E (2/6) X X
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
18
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
PM1214
BATS28
TRE28
TRE21
ANY10,5
ANB/ANC28
SUMA10,5
F (1/2) X X X X X X X
G (4/6) X X
H (6/8) X X
I (5/6) X X X
Table 3. Possible subrack connectors used by the modules.
3.5.2 SUMA board
For homogeneous patterns reasons, and to be in accordance with the software tools developped (CMA),the SUMA will be located as soon as the configuration allows it in 2nd subrack, either in position A, or inposition F, depending of the BTS configuration.Nevertheless, for some configurations other figures can be found. They will be detailed case per case inthe next chapters.
The SUMA board can receive up to two daughter boards :– one daughter board including a GPS receiver,– one daughter board allowing different Abis hardware interface, or extendability of the Abis links.
Actually, following configurations are possible :– SUMA without options,– SUMA + GPSRS,
3.5.3 Sectors mapping
There may be up to 3 sectors in a MBI3 cabinet and up to 4 sectors in a MBI5 cabinet.The sectors are identified with their respective quantity of TREs: n, p, q and r.For standard configurations, it is supposed that :
n 0 (1 sector configurations)
or n p 0 (2 sectors configurations)
or n p q 0 (3 sectors configurations)
IMPORTANT :At factory delivery, the sectors are mapped as described here below, but of course on site, de-pending of extension/reduction operations, other cases can be found.
np
qnpn
MBI3 3 sectorsMBI3 2 sectorsMBI3 1 sector
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
19
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
n
pq
n
p
n
MBI5 3 sectorsMBI5 2 sectorsMBI5 1 sector
n
q
r
p
MBI5 4 sectors
Figure 4. Sectors mapping in MBI3 and MBI5 configurations up to 4 sectors
For configurations with more than 4 sectors see dedicated engineering rules for sector mapping.
In MULTIBAND BTS, and during the manufacturing phase, the GSM 1800 sectors will be located from bot-tom to top in Indoor cabinets (when it is possible).
On site, depending of the extension strategy (for example : moving from GSM 900 to Multiband), the addedsectors will be added in the free places, thus to not reschuffle the complete cabling and to minimize thetelecom outage.
3.5.4 Sectors mapping on customer network
There is no direct and systematic link between the sectors mapping described in the previouschapter and the sectors mapping given by the Operations and/or the Customer (link with the RNP) .
Example :Let us consider a three sectors configuration :
123
N
At installation time, the operator will give the mapping : so many TREs in sector number x (x’ = ’1’ or ’2’or ’3’) ; the operations team will then have to give the right value (’1’, ’2’ or ’3’) on the antenna networksto assign their logical sector number through the Remote Inventory (RI).
At TREs extension time, TRE modules are installed in their target sector ; the above rule of the ’great-er number’ does not apply anymore.
3.5.5 Location rules for ANC and ANY
For thermal reasons, 3 x ANC with more than 1 TRE each can’t be fitted in the same STASR.For the same reasons 2 x ANC won’t be installed closed together in a STASR.Each time an ANY is needed, the first ANY is located near its ANC, from right to left.All ANY located at the left of an ANC are considered as part of the sector modules by the software.
For more detailed information, please refer to document [7].
Pre–equipment rules for ANY :Pre–equipment is an option, identified in the mnemonic of the configuration by : [–PRE]The pre–equipment is possible on some configurations with more than 4 TRE per sector.
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
20
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
If Pre–equipment is chosen, it applies for the complete BTS (all the sectors).
3.5.6 TRE locations
The numbering scheme used for the TREs in the configurations described in the next chapters, is afilling order (respectively for each sector), and not a SBL order number .The TRE modules of a given sector are installed as close as possible to their related AN. The general ruleis to insert the TRE modules of each sector from the right to left (in a subrack), and then from bottom totop.Refer to configurations description for more details.
Unbalanced sectorsUnbalanced sectors in terms of TRE are allowed.Equivalent combinations for unbalanced sectors, 2 and 3 sectors example :
Basic scheme Equivalent schemes
n+p p+n
n+p+q n+q+p, p+n+q, p+q+n, q+n+p, q+p+n
Table 4. Equivalent combinations for unbalanced sectors
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
21
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
3.6 RF cabling
3.6.1 Cable sets
A cable set is associated to each RF connection type :
– the RF cable set between RF modules : CS03This cable set is used between TRE and ANB/ANC, TRE and ANY, ANY and ANB/ANC,
– the RF cable set ANB/ANC to antenna connector : CS04
Pre–equipment of RF cables sets:For practical reasons, and to avoid further difficulties later on site in case of sector extension, the RF cablessets CS04 of the first 3 sectors will be always pre–equipped.
3.6.2 Antenna connectors mapping
The antenna connectors mapping is done according to the scheme of Figure 5. A and B are the numbering conventions of the antennas for a given sector.
Top Fan Area
Auxiliary 3 x 7/16 Ant.Blocks
Sector 2/A (P ANT A)
Hole for STM–1 optical fibers
Hole for SMA connector GPS
Sector 2/B (P ANT B)
Sector 4/A (R ANT A)Sector 4/B (R ANT B)
Sector 3/A (Q ANT A) Sector 3/B (Q ANT B)
Sector 1/B (N ANT B)Sector 1/A (N ANT A)
Sector 6/A (T ANT A_)
Sector 5/A (S ANT A)Sector 5/B (S ANT B)Sector 6/B (T ANT B)
Figure 5. Antenna connectors mapping – Top view
3.6.3 Handling of ANB/ANC paths
a ) Standard case: one ANC
In case of 2 TREs maximum, each antenna should be connected to one TRE, thus the VSWR moni-toring would be operational on both paths.The filling order is: TRE1 on path ”a”,
TRE2 on path ”b”,TRE3 on path ”a”,TRE4 on path ”b”.
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
22
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
b ) Usage of ANB instead of ANC
DUP DUP
a b
TXAIN
TXBIN
1 2
a bANB
1 2TRE
TRE
Figure 6. ANB representation
c ) Case of ANY usage
ANC
a b
ANY 1 ANY 2
TRE 1 3 5 7 2 4 6 8
ANC
a b
TRE 1 3 24 5 6
ANY
Two figures:
a b
TXAIN1
TXAIN2
TXBIN1
TXBIN2
1 3 2 4
a bANY
1 3 2 4TRE TRE
ANY
Figure 7. ANY representation
If the ANYs are not pre–equipped, the rules defined in a ) must be applied.
3.6.4 Handling of the bridges on ANC
Each ANC has two bridges (one per half ANC) which can be removed to get more output power in configu-rations with maximum 2 TREs per sector. (Inhibition of the in–built combiners)
Not to multiply the number of configurations :– The bridges will be always equipped at manufacturing level ,– Removal of the bridges and associated recabling of the TREs will be performed on site if a
Low–Loss configuration is requested, and on High Power configurations with maximum 2TRE per sector.
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
23
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
3.6.5 Handling of 50 Ohm loads on ANB/ANC and ANY.
Previous experience with G3 BTS has shown that each unused input of ANY should be 50 Ohm terminatedto fulfill the requirements regarding to output power and TX return loss.Thus on G4 BTS, 50 Ohm load will be equipped on each unused input of ANY, and on each unused inputof ANC when bridges will not be removed on site.For the ANB no loads are required.
3.7 Cooling rules
3.7.1 Cooling fans
A fan stage includes three fan units (each one including 2 fans), and one Fan Control Board (FACB).As soon as one TRE is equipped in a subrack, the fan stage below the TRE(s) is fully equipped.For practical reasons, the MBI3 and MBI5 are respectively equipped with 2 and 3 fan stages.
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
Air Inlet
STAND
FANU FANU
SUMA
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ADAM
PM12
PM12
PM12
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
BATS
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
BBU orSTASR
(Option)
(Option)
FANU
FANUNU
Fan Stage position iflarge BBU installed.
Fan Stage position ifSTASR installed.
Rules for lower Fan Stagein MBI5 AC.
FC1U Dummy Panelif no large BBU installed
Figure 8. Position of the lower Fan Stage
3.7.2 Dummy panels
Dummy panels are not required for the empty spaces in subracks.
Nevertheless, one FC1U dummy panel will be installed between 2 STASR installed closed together, with-out air inlet in between. The FC1U is installed where FANUs normally take place. (Refer to Figure 8. )This rule applies between STASR1 and STASR2, and between STASR3 and STASR4.
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
24
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
3.8 Microwave equipments in MBI cabinets
Microwave equipments, such as PIDUs, can fit in STASR subracks where no RF modules are installed,and their location in STASR subracks follow the rules defined in Table 3.
Nevertheless, some restrictions must be considered:– One Auxiliary 3 x 7/16 Ant.Block must be replaced by one 3 x N Ant.Block for the microwave feeders,– Number of PIDUs is limited to maximum 3 (this is linked to the 3 x N Ant.Block), but it can be less
depending on the BTS configuration.
OPEN POINT §3.8 Kit PIDU for MBI (including 3 x N Ant.Block) not yet defined in HW Breakdown.
Handling of microwave units and related kits
Microwave units are not handled by EVOLIUM/R&D, therefore no references will be found in thefollowing configuration tables, neither in the mnemonics of the configurations. Nevertheless, thekits designed for integration of microwave units in the MBI are mentioned in chapter 11.
3.9 External alarms
Up to 16 alarms input are provided for the external alarms on the connection area of the BTS.
As no galvanic isolation is provided at BTS side, an external equipment is required to implement the gal-vanic isolation.
3.10 Clock synchronization
There are different ways to synchronize the BTS from clock point of view:– Synchronization from GPS receiver with an appropriate SUMA variant (refer to §3.5.2),– Synchronization from network transmission link clock (PCM synchronization),– Synchronization to a neighbour BTS (Master–Slave mode),– Free running BTS (Local OCXO).
For synchronization between GSM BTSs, the reader will refer to document [10].
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
25
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
3.11 ... how to interpret the configurations :
In the next chapters, previous defined engineering rules are applied to the different configurations.
Each configuration is named as named in the Product Index [5], and mnemonics defined in the HardwareCommercial Configurator are indicated for the supply chain.
The ordering rules are to be read with PCL documents [1] and [2], and each line of the tables must be inter-preted as described by the example here below :
Equipment Choice Quantity TDR
TRE module GSM 900or GSM 1800
n [ G3MOD**OOAor G3MOD**OO4 ]+ G4MOD**OOF
Equipment in total : n x [G3MOD**OOA or G3MOD**OO4] + G4MOD**OOF
The classification and naming convention is made accordingly :– MBI3 / MBI5– Number of TREs per sector (as many sectors as there are):
n for a 1–sector configurationn, p for a 2 sectors configuration,n, p, q for a 3–sectors configuration,....
For the extension set, parameters n’, p’, q’, ... will be used respectively with the n, p, q, ... TRE alreadyinstalled in sectors 1, 2, 3, ...
Simplified rack layouts are provided (no detailed connection area).The rack layouts indicate the interconnections between ANC and ANY, ANB/ANC and TRE, ANY andTRE, sector per sector.
For more details concerning the cabling (Number of cables, cable sets identification, cabling diagram, ...),the reader will refer to document [11].
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
26
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
4 STANDARD CONFIGURATIONS – GSM 850, 900, 1800, 1900
4.1 MBI3 – 1x1...8 – DC
Connection Area
Air Inlet
STAND
Empty space
Legend
FANU FANUFANU
FANUFANUFANU
TRE1TRE2TRE3TRE4
ANC 1ANYANY2 1
TRE5TRE6TRE7TRE8
SUMA
Air Inlet
The BTS has 1 sector with n TRE.
ANC 1a b
ANY 1 ANY 2
TRE 1 3 5 7 2 4 6 8
If more than 4 TRE, 2 ANY are required.Pre–equipment possible.
Up to 4 TRE, and if no ANY pre–equip.the TRE1 to TRE4 are directly connectedto the ANC.Dummy Panel
The ANC can be replaced by theANB in case of less than 3 TRE
Figure 9. MBI3 – 1x1...8 – DC
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
27
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI3–nTRX900 [–E+–PRE–ANB]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI3–nTRX1800 [–E+–PRE–ANB]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI3–nTRX1900 [–PRE]
Equipment Choice Quantity TDR
Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO1
SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3
TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE
n [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ](1)+ G4MOD**OOF
ANB/ANC module GSM 900or GSM 1800or GSM 1900
1 G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7or G4MOD**OOS
or if n 2:GSM 900
or GSM 1800G4MOD1*OOA
or G4MOD1*OOC
ANY module GSM 900or GSM 1800or GSM 1900
0 If n 42 If n 4
or if PRE–eq.
[ G4MOD1*OOIor G4MOD1*OOJor G3MOD**OOQ ]+ 2 x G4MOD**OOF
50 Ohms load for AN 4–n If ANC and no ANY8–n If ANY
G3MOD**OOL
+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.
TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE
n’ [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ](1)+ G4MOD**OOF
ANC module GSM 900or GSM 1800
if (n+n’)>2and no ANC on site: 1
G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7
ANY module GSM 900or GSM 1800or GSM 1900
If no ANY on site :2 If (n+n’) 4
[ G4MOD1*OOIor G4MOD1*OOJor G3MOD**OOQ ]+ 2 x G4MOD**OOF
50 Ohms load for AN If ANC added:4–(n+n’)
If 2 ANY added :8–(n+n’)
G3MOD**OOL
(1) 6 TREs maximum in case of GSM 1900. (Refer to § 2.4)
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
28
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
4.2 MBI3 – 1x1...4 – AC
Connection Area
Air Inlet
STAND
Empty space
Legend
FANU FANUFANU
The BTS has 1 sector with n TRE.
TRE1TRE2TRE3TRE4
ANC 1SUMA
Air Inlet
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
BATS(Option)
FANU FANU FANU
a bANC 1
TRE 1 3 2 4
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ADAM
PM12
PM12
Dummy Panel
The ANC can be replaced by theANB in case of less than 3 TRE
Figure 10. MBI3 – 1x1...4 – AC
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
29
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI3–nTRX900–AC [–E+–BU u–ANB]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI3–nTRX1800–AC [–E+–BU u–ANB]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI3–nTRX1900–AC [–BU u]
Equipment Choice Quantity TDR
Cabinet AC 1 MBIGSM*OO2
SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3
TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE
n [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ]+ G4MOD**OOF
ANB/ANC module GSM 900or GSM 1800or GSM 1900
1 G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7or G4MOD**OOS
or if n 2:GSM 900
or GSM 1800G4MOD1*OOA
or G4MOD1*OOC
50 Ohms load for AN if ANC : 4 – n G3MOD**OOL
+ In case of AC variant :
Battery Backup Unit(Option)
BU5 1 G4CAB**OO8
+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.
TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE
n’ [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ]+ G4MOD**OOF
ANC module GSM 900or GSM 1800
if (n+n’)>2and no ANC on site: 1
G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7
50 Ohms load for AN If ANC added:4–(n+n’)
G3MOD**OOL
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
30
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
4.3 MBI3 – 2x1...4 – DC
Connection Area
Air Inlet
STAND
Empty space
Legend
FANU FANUFANU FANU FANUFANUTRE1TRE2TRE1TRE2
ANC 1ANC 2( Sector 2 ) ( Sector 1 )
SUMA
TRE3TRE4TRE4 TRE3
FANU FANU FANU
The BTS has 2 sectors :
a bANC 1
TRE 1 3
a bANC 2
TRE 1 3
Sector 1 Sector 2
– Sector 1 with n TRE, – Sector 2 with p TRE.
2 24 4Air
Dummy Panel
Inlet
The ANCs can be replaced by ANBsin case of less than 3 TRE per sector
Figure 11. MBI3 – 2x1...4 – DC
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
31
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI3–n,pTRX900 [–E+–ANB]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI3–n,pTRX1800 [–E+–ANB]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI3–n,pTRX1900 []
Equipment Choice Quantity TDR
Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO1
SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3
TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE
n + p [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ](1)+ G4MOD**OOF
ANB/ANC module GSM 900or GSM 1800or GSM 1900
2 G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7or G4MOD**OOS
or if (n + p) 4:GSM 900
or GSM 1800
2G4MOD1*OOA
or G4MOD1*OOC
50 Ohms load for AN if ANC: 8 – n – p G3MOD**OOL
+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.
TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE
n’ + p’ [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ](1)+ G4MOD**OOF
ANC module GSM 900or GSM 1800
if (n+n’+p+p’)>4and no ANC on site: 2
G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7
50 Ohms load for AN If ANC added:8–(n+n’+p+p’)
G3MOD**OOL
(1) 6 TREs maximum in case of GSM 1900. (Refer to § 2.4)
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
32
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
4.4 MBI3 – 2x1...2 – AC
Connection Area
Air Inlet
STAND
Empty space
Legend
FANU FANUFANU
Air Inlet
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
BATS(Option)
FANU FANU FANU
TRE1TRE2
ANC 1ANC 2( Sector 2 ) ( Sector 1 )
SUMA
TRE1TRE2
The BTS has 2 sectors : – Sector 1 with n TRE, – Sector 2 with p TRE.
a bANC 1
TRE 1 2
a bANC 2
TRE 1 2
Sector 1 Sector 2
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ADAM
PM12
PM12
Dummy Panel
The ANCs can be replacedby ANBs also
Figure 12. MBI3 – 2x1...2 – AC
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
33
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI3–n,pTRX900–AC [–E+–BU u–ANB]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI3–n,pTRX1800–AC [–E+–BU u–ANB]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI3–n,pTRX1900–AC [–BU u]
Equipment Choice Quantity TDR
Cabinet AC 1 MBIGSM*OO2
SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3
TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE
n + p [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ]+ G4MOD**OOF
ANB/ANC module GSM 900or GSM 1800or GSM 1900
2 G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7or G4MOD**OOS
or:GSM 900
or GSM 1800
2G4MOD1*OOA
or G4MOD1*OOC
50 Ohms load for AN If ANC: 8 – n – p G3MOD**OOL
+ In case of AC variant :
Battery Backup Unit(Option)
BU5 1 G4CAB**OO8
+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.
TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE
n’ + p’ [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ]+ G4MOD**OOF
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
34
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
4.5 MBI3 – 3x1...2 – DC
Connection Area
Air Inlet
STAND
Empty space
Legend
FANU FANUFANU FANU FANUTRE1TRE2
ANC 1ANC 2( Sector 2 ) ( Sector 1 )
SUMA
ANC 3( Sector 3 )
TRE1TRE2
FANU FANU FANU
TRE1TRE2
The BTS has 3 sectors :
a bANC 1
TRE 1 2
a bANC 2
TRE 1 2Sector 1 Sector 2
– Sector 1 with n TRE, – Sector 2 with p TRE, – Sector 3 with q TRE.
a bANC 3
TRE 1 2Sector 3
Dummy Panel
Air Inlet
The ANCs can be replacedby ANBs also
Figure 13. MBI3 – 3x1...2 – DC
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
35
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI3–n,p,qTRX850 []or BTS–9100–IND–MBI3–n,p,qTRX900 [–E+–ANB]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI3–n,p,qTRX1800 [–E+–ANBor BTS–9100–IND–MBI3–n,p,qTRX1900 []
Equipment Choice Quantity TDR
Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO1
SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3
TRE module GSM 850or GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE
n + p + q [ G850MODOOAor G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ]+ G4MOD**OOF
ANB/ANC module GSM 850or GSM 900or GSM 1800or GSM 1900
3 G850MODOO3or G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7or G4MOD**OOS
or:GSM 900
or GSM 1800
3G4MOD1*OOA
or G4MOD1*OOC
50 Ohms load for AN If ANC: 12 – n – p – q G3MOD**OOL
+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.
TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module GSM 850or GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE
n’ + p’ +q’ [ G850MODOOAor G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ]+ G4MOD**OOF
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
36
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
4.6 MBI3 – 3x1 – AC
Connection Area
Air Inlet
STAND
Empty space
Legend
FANU FANUFANUTRE1TRE1TRE1
ANC 1
SUMA
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ADAM
PM12
PM12
( Sector 1 )
Air Inlet
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
BATS(Option)
FANU FANU FANU
ANC 2( Sector 2 )
ANC 3( Sector 3 )
a bANC 1
TRE 1
a bANC 2
TRE 1Sector 1 Sector 2
a bANC 3
TRE 1Sector 3
The BTS has 3 sectors,one TRE per sector.
Dummy Panel
The ANCs can be replacedby ANBs also
Figure 14. MBI3 – 3x1 – AC
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
37
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI3–1,1,1TRX900–AC [–E+–BU u]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI3–1,1,1TRX1800–AC [–E+–BU u]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI3–1,1,1TRX1900–AC [–BU u]
Equipment Choice Quantity TDR
Cabinet AC 1 MBIGSM*OO2
SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3
TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE
3 [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ]+ G4MOD**OOF
ANB/ANC module or GSM 900or GSM 1800or GSM 1900
3 G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7or G4MOD**OOS
or:GSM 900
or GSM 1800
3G4MOD1*OOA
or G4MOD1*OOC
50 Ohms load for AN If ANC: 9 G3MOD**OOL
+ In case of AC variant :
Battery Backup Unit(Option)
BU5 1 G4CAB**OO8
+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.
TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
No extension possible.
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
38
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
4.7 MBI5 – 1x1...8 – DC or AC
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
Connection Area
Air Inlet
STAND
Legend
FANU FANUFANU
FANUFANUFANU
TRE1TRE2TRE3TRE4
ANC 1ANYANY2 1
TRE5TRE6TRE7TRE8
Air Inlet
Empty space
ANC 1a b
ANY 1 ANY 2
TRE 1 3 5 7 2 4 6 8
If more than 4 TRE, 2 ANY are required.Pre–equipment possible.
to the ANC.
The BTS has 1 sector with n TRE.
Up to 4 TRE, and if no ANY pre–equip.the TRE1 to TRE4 are directly connected
Dummy Panel
FANU FANU
SUMA
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ADAM
PM12
PM12
PM12
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
BATS
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
BBU orSTASR
(Option)
ÅÅÅÅÅÅ
Modules present onlyin AC configuration
(Option)
FANU
The ANC can be replaced by theANB in case of less than 3 TRE
Figure 15. MBI5 – 1x1...8 – DC or AC
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
39
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–nTRX850 [–PRE–AC–BU u]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–nTRX900 [–E+–PRE–AC–BU u–ANB]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–nTRX1800 [–E+–PRE–AC–BU u–ANB]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–nTRX1900 [–PRE–AC–BU u]
Equipment Choice Quantity TDR
Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO3
or AC 1 MBIGSM*OO4+ G4CAB**OO1
or AC with BU90
(Large BBU)
1 MBIGSM*OO4+ NBV2CABOO6
SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3
TRE module GSM 850or GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE
n [ G850MODOOAor G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ](1)+ G4MOD**OOF
ANB/ANC module GSM850or GSM 900or GSM 1800or GSM 1900
1 G850MODOO3or G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7or G4MOD**OOS
or if n 2:GSM 900
or GSM 1800
1G4MOD1*OOA
or G4MOD1*OOC
ANY module GSM 850or GSM 900or GSM 1800or GSM 1900
0 If n 42 If n 4
or if PRE–eq.
[ G850MODOO2or G4MOD1*OOIor G4MOD1*OOJor G3MOD**OOQ ]+ 2 x G4MOD**OOF
50 Ohms load for AN 4–n If ANC and no ANY8–n If ANY
G3MOD**OOL
+ In case of AC variant :
Battery Backup Unit(Option)
BU5or BU90
1 G4CAB**OO8or EXTBAT*OO4
+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.
TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module GSM 850or GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE
n’ [ G850MODOOAor G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ](1)+ G4MOD**OOF
ANC module GSM 900or GSM 1800or GSM 1900
if (n+n’) > 2and no ANC on site: 1
G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7or G4MOD**OOS
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
40
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
ANY module GSM 850or GSM 900or GSM 1800or GSM 1900
If no ANY on site :2 If (n+n’) 4
[ G850MODOO2or G4MOD1*OOIor G4MOD1*OOJor G3MOD**OOQ ]+ 2 x G4MOD**OOF
50 Ohms load for AN If ANC added:4–(n+n’)
If 2 ANY added :8–(n+n’)
G3MOD**OOL
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
41
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
4.8 MBI5 – 1x9...12 – DC or AC
This configuration is the logical extension of the 1x1...8 configuration.
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
BATS(Option)
Connection Area
Air Inlet
Legend
FANU FANUFANU
FANUFANUFANU
TRE1TRE2TRE3TRE4
ANC 1ANYANY2 1
TRE5TRE6TRE7TRE8
Air Inlet
Empty space
Dummy Panel
ÅÅÅÅÅÅ
Modules present onlyin AC configuration
Air Inlet
STAND
FANU FANUFANUTRE9TRE10TRE11TRE12
ANC 2SUMA
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ADAM
PM12
PM12
PM12
ANC 1a b
ANY 1 ANY 2
TRE 1 3 5 7 2 4 6 8
The BTS has 1 sector with n TRE.
ANC 2a b
TRE
Both ANC are set to the samesector number.
911 10 12
Dummy Panel
Figure 16. MBI5 – 1x9...12 – DC or AC
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
42
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–nTRX900 [–E+–AC–BU u]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–nTRX1800 [–E+–AC–BU u]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–nTRX1900 [–AC–BU u]
Equipment Choice Quantity TDR
Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO3
or AC 1 MBIGSM*OO4+ G4CAB**OO1
SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3
TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE
n [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR](1)+ G4MOD**OOF
ANC module GSM 900or GSM 1800or GSM 1900
2 G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7or G4MOD**OOS
ANY module GSM 900or GSM 1800or GSM 1900
2 [ G4MOD1*OOIor G4MOD1*OOJor G3MOD**OOQ ]+ 2 x G4MOD**OOF
50 Ohms load for AN 12–n G3MOD**OOL
+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.
TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE
n’ [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ](1)+ G4MOD**OOF
(1) 1x1...10 is OK, but 1x11...12 is restricted: +40ºC. +45ºC is possible if the power is re-duced to 28W at OMC–R (Pmax–2dB). (Refer to § 2.4)
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
43
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
4.9 MBI5 – 2x1...4 – AC with BU101
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
Connection Area
Air Inlet
STAND
Legend
FANU FANUFANU
Empty space
FANU FANU
SUMA
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ADAM
PM12
PM12
PM12
BBU
FANU
TRE1TRE2TRE1TRE2
ANC 1ANC 2( Sector 2 )
TRE3TRE4TRE4 TRE3
FANU FANU FANUAir
Dummy Panel
Inlet
( Sector 1 )
The BTS has 2 sectors :
a bANC 1
TRE 1 3
a bANC 2
TRE 1 3Sector 1 Sector 2
– Sector 1 with n TRE, – Sector 2 with p TRE.
2 24 4
Air Inlet
( BU101 )
The ANCs can be replaced by ANBsin case of less than 3 TRE per sector
Figure 17. MBI5 – 2x1...4 – AC with BU101
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
44
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,pTRX900–AC–BU90 [–E+–ANB]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,pTRX1800–AC–BU90 [–E+–ANB]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,pTRX1900–AC–BU90 []
Equipment Choice Quantity TDR
Cabinet AC with BU90(Large BBU)
1 MBIGSM*OO4+ NBV2CABOO6
Battery Backup Unit(Option)
BU90 1 EXTBAT*OO4
SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3
TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE
n + p [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ]+ G4MOD**OOF
ANB/ANC module GSM 900or GSM 1800or GSM 1900
2 G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7or G4MOD**OOS
or if (n+p) 4:GSM 900
or GSM 1800
2G4MOD1*OOA
or G4MOD1*OOC
50 Ohms load for AN If ANC: 8–n–p G3MOD**OOL
+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.
TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE
n’ + p’ [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ]+ G4MOD**OOF
ANC module GSM 900or GSM 1800
if (n+n’+p+p’)>4and no ANC on site: 2
G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7
50 Ohms load for AN If ANC added:8–(n+n’+p+p’)
G3MOD**OOL
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
45
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
4.10 MBI5 – 2x1...6 – DC or AC
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
Connection Area
Air Inlet
Dummy Panel
Air Inlet
STAND
Legend
FANU FANUFANU
Empty space
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ANC 1ANY
1
TRE1TRE2TRE3TRE4
( Sector 1 )
TRE5TRE6
SUMA
FANU FANU FANU
The BTS has 2 sectors :
In each sector :If no more than 4 TRE, no ANY isrequired. TRE 1 to 4 are then cabledon ANC.
– Sector 1 with n TRE,– Sector 2 with p TRE.
ANC 1a b
TRE 1 3 24 5 6
ANY 1
ANC 2a b
TRE 1 3 24 5 6
ANY 2
ANC 2ANY
2 ( Sector 2 )
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
TRE1TRE2
TRE3TRE4TRE5TRE6
FANU FANU FANU
Air InletÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ADAM
PM12
PM12
PM12
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
BATS(Option)
ÅÅÅÅÅÅ
Modules present onlyin AC configuration
Dummy Panel
The ANCs can be replaced by ANBsin case of less than 3 TRE per sector
Figure 18. MBI5 – 2x1...6 – DC or AC
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
46
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,pTRX850 [–PRE66–AC–BU u]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,pTRX900 [–E+–PRE66–AC–BU u–ANB]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,pTRX1800 [–E+–PRE66–AC–BU u–ANB]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,pTRX1900 [–PRE66–AC–BU u]
Equipment Choice Quantity TDR
Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO3
or AC 1 MBIGSM*OO4+ G4CAB**OO1
SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3
TRE module GSM 850or GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE
n + p [ G850MODOOAor G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ](1)+ G4MOD**OOF
ANB/ANC module GSM 850or GSM 900or GSM 1800or GSM 1900
2 G850MODOO3or G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7or G4MOD**OOS
or if (n+p) 4:GSM 900
or GSM 1800
2G4MOD1*OOA
or G4MOD1*OOC
ANY module GSM 850or GSM 900or GSM 1800or GSM 1900
If PRE–equipment :2
else :1 If n 4
+ 1 If p 4
[ G850MODOO2or G4MOD1*OOIor G4MOD1*OOJor G3MOD**OOQ ]+ 2 x G4MOD**OOF
50 Ohms load for AN If ANC:( Sector 1 :
4–n if no ANY6–n if ANY
+ Sector 2 :4–p if no ANY6–p if ANY)
G3MOD**OOL
+ In case of AC variant :
Battery Backup Unit(Option)
BU5 1 G4CAB**OO8
+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.
TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module GSM 850or GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE
n’ + p’ [ G850MODOOAor G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ](1)+ G4MOD**OOF
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
47
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
ANC module GSM 900or GSM 1800
if (n+n’+p+p’)>4and no ANC on site: 2
G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7
ANY module GSM 850GSM 900
or GSM 1800or GSM 1900
If no ANY in sector 1 :1 If (n+n’) 4
+ If no ANY in sector 21 If (p+p’) 4
[ G850MODOO2or G4MOD1*OOIor G4MOD1*OOJor G3MOD**OOQ ]+ 2 x G4MOD**OOF
50 Ohms load for AN IF ANC added:8–(n+n’+p+p’)
+If ANY add. in Sect.1 :
6–(n+n’)+ If ANY add. in Sect.2
6–(p+p’)
G3MOD**OOL
(1) 2x1...5 is OK, but 2x6 is restricted: +40ºC. +45ºC is possible if the power is reduced to28W at OMC–R (Pmax–2dB). (Refer to § 2.4)
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
48
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
4.11 MBI5 – 1x1...8 + 1x1...4 – DC or AC
Connection Area
Air Inlet
Legend
FANU FANUFANU
Empty space
ÅÅÅÅÅÅ
Modules present onlyin AC configuration
Air Inlet
STAND
FANU FANUFANUTRE1TRE2TRE3TRE4
ANC 1SUMA
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ADAM
PM12
PM12
PM12
( Sector 1 )
The BTS has 2 sectors with
ANC 2a b
ANY 1 ANY 2
TRE 1 3 5 7 2 4 6 8
ANC 1a b
TRE
respectively n and p TREs.
1 3 2 4
Dummy Panel
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
BATS(Option)
FANUFANUFANU
TRE1TRE2TRE3TRE4
ANC 1ANYANY2 1
TRE5TRE6TRE7TRE8
Air Inlet
Dummy Panel
Figure 19. MBI5 – 1x1...8 + 1x1...4 – DC or AC
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
49
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,pTRX900 [–E+–PRE84–AC–BU u]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,pTRX1800 [–E+–PRE84–AC–BU u]
Equipment Choice Quantity TDR
Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO3
or AC 1 MBIGSM*OO4+ G4CAB**OO1
SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3
TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+
n + p [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOL ]+ G4MOD**OOF
ANC module GSM 900or GSM 1800
2 G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7
ANY module GSM 900or GSM 1800
If PRE–equipment :2
else :1 If 6>n>4+1 If p 6
[ G4MOD1*OOIor G4MOD1*OOJ ]+ 2 x G4MOD**OOF
50 Ohms load for AN Sector 1 :4–n if no ANY6–n if 1 ANY8–n if 2 ANY
+ Sector 2 :4–p
G3MOD**OOL
+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.
TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+
n’ + p’ [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOL ]+ G4MOD**OOF
ANY module GSM 900or GSM 1800
If no ANY in sector 1 :2 If (n+n’) 4
[ G4MOD1*OOIor G4MOD1*OOJ ]+ 2 x G4MOD**OOF
50 Ohms load for AN If ANY add. in Sect.1 :8–(n+n’)
G3MOD**OOL
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
50
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
4.12 MBI5 – 1x7 + 1x5 DC
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
Connection Area
Air Inlet
STAND
Legend
FANU FANUFANU
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
FANUFANU
TRE1TRE2TRE3TRE4
ANC 1
TRE1TRE7TRE5
SUMA ( Sector 1 ) Empty space.
TRE6
FANU FANU
Dummy Panel
Air Inlet
ANY1
ANY2
ANC 1a b
ANY 1 ANY 2
TRE 1 3 5 2 4 67
FANUFANUFANU
ANC 2ANY3
TRE3TRE2TRE4TRE5
Air Inlet
Dummy PanelANC 2
a b
ANY 3
2 4 51 3
( Sector 2 )
The BTS has 2 sectors : – Sector 1 with 7 TRE– Sector 2 with 5 TRE
Figure 20. MBI5 – 1x1...7 + 1x1...5 DC
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
51
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–7,5TRX900 [–E+]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–7,5TRX1800 [–E+]
Equipment Choice Quantity TDR
Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO3
SUMA 1 G4MOD**OO3
TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+
12 [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOL ]+ G4MOD**OOF
ANC module GSM 900or GSM 1800
2 G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7
ANY module GSM 900or GSM 1800
3 [ G4MOD1*OOIor G4MOD1*OOJ ]+ 2 x G4MOD**OOF
50 Ohms load for AN 2 G3MOD**OOL
+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.
TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION : No extension
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
52
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
4.13 MBI5 – 3x1...2 – AC with BU101
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
Connection Area
Air Inlet
Legend
FANU FANUFANU
Empty space
FANU FANU
SUMA
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ADAM
PM12
PM12
PM12
FANU
TRE1TRE2
ANC 1ANC 2( Sector 2 ) ( Sector 1 )
ANC 3( Sector 3 )
TRE1TRE2
FANU FANU FANU
TRE1TRE2
The BTS has 3 sectors :
a bANC 1
TRE 1 2
a bANC 2
TRE 1 2Sector 1 Sector 2
– Sector 1 with n TRE, – Sector 2 with p TRE, – Sector 3 with q TRE.
a bANC 3
TRE 1 2Sector 3
Air Inlet
STAND
BBU( BU101 )
Air Inlet
The ANCs can be replacedby ANBs also
Figure 21. MBI5 – 3x1...2 – AC with BU101
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
53
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,p,qTRX900–AC–BU90 [–E+–ANB]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,p,qTRX1800–AC–BU90 [–E+–ANB]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,p,qTRX1900–AC–BU90 []
Equipment Choice Quantity TDR
Cabinet AC with BU90(Large BBU)
1 MBIGSM*OO4+ NBV2CABOO6
Battery Backup Unit BU90 1 G4CAB**OO8or EXTBAT*OO4
SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3
TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE
n + p + q [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ]+ G4MOD**OOF
ANB/ANC module GSM 900or GSM 1800or GSM 1900
3 G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7or G4MOD**OOS
or:GSM 900
or GSM 1800
3G4MOD1*OOA
or G4MOD1*OOC
50 Ohms load for AN If ANC: 12–n–p–q G3MOD**OOL
+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.
TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE
n’ + p’ + q’ [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ]+ G4MOD**OOF
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
54
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
4.14 MBI5 – 3x1...4 – DC or AC
Connection Area
Air
Dummy
Air Inlet
STAND
Legend
FANU FANUFANU
FANUFANUFANU
TRE1TRE2TRE3TRE4
ANC 1
TRE1TRE2TRE1TRE2
Air Inlet
Empty space
TRE3TRE4TRE3TRE4
FANU FANU FANU
ANC 2( Sector 2 )
( Sector 1 )
ANC 3( Sector 3 )
The BTS has 3 sectors :
ANC 1a b
TRE 1 3 2 4
ANC 2a b
1 3 2 4
ANC 3a b
1 3 2 4
– Sector 1 with n TRE,– Sector 2 with p TRE,– Sector 3 with q TRE.
SUMA
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ADAM
PM12
PM12
PM12
ÅÅÅÅÅÅ
Modules present onlyin AC configuration
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
BATS(Option)
Panel
Dummy Panel
Inlet
The ANCs can be replaced by ANBsin case of less than 3 TRE per sector
Figure 22. MBI5 – 3x1...4 – DC or AC
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
55
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,p,qTRX850 [–AC–BU u]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,p,qTRX900 [–E+–AC–BU u–ANB]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,p,qTRX1800 [–E+–AC–BU u–ANB]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,p,qTRX1900 [–AC–BU u]
Equipment Choice Quantity TDR
Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO3
or AC 1 MBIGSM*OO4+ G4CAB**OO1
SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3
TRE module GSM 850or GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE
n + p + q [ G850MODOOAor G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ](1)+ G4MOD**OOF
ANB/ANC module GSM 850or GSM 900or GSM 1800or GSM 1900
3 G850MODOO3or G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7or G4MOD**OOS
or if (n+p+q) 6:GSM 900
or GSM 1800
3G4MOD1*OOA
or G4MOD1*OOC
50 Ohms load for AN If ANC: 12–n–p–q G3MOD**OOL
+ In case of AC variant :
Battery Backup Unit(Option)
BU5 1 G4CAB**OO8
+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.
TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module GSM 850or GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE
n’ + p’ +q’ [ G850MODOOAor G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ](1)+ G4MOD**OOF
ANC module GSM 900or GSM 1800
if (n+n’+p+p’+q+q’)>6and no ANC on site: 3
G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7
50 Ohms load for AN If ANC added:12–(n+n’+p+p’+q+q’)
G3MOD**OOL
(1) 3x1...3 is OK, but 3x4 is restricted: +40ºC. +45ºC is possible if the power is reduced to28W at OMC–R (Pmax–2dB). (Refer to § 2.4)
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
56
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
4.15 MBI5 – 4x1...3 – DC
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
Connection Area
Air Inlet
STAND
Legend
FANU FANUFANU
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
FANUFANU
TRE1TRE2TRE1TRE2
ANC 1
TRE3TRE3
SUMA
TRE1TRE2TRE1TRE2
FANU FANU FANU
ANC 2( Sector 2 )
( Sector 1 )
ANC 3( Sector 3 )
Empty space.
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ANC 4( Sector 4 )
ANC 3a b
TRE 1
ANC 1
a b
TRE 1
ANC 4a b
ANC 2
a b
2
23
TRE 1 23
TRE 1 2
FANU FANU
Dummy Panel
Dummy Panel
Air Inlet
Air Inlet
TRE3 TRE3
3
3
The BTS has 4 sectors withn, p, q and r TRE
The ANCs can be replaced by ANBsin case of less than 3 TRE per sector
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
57
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,p,q,rTRX850 []or BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,p,q,rTRX900 [–E+]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,p,q,rTRX1800 [–E+]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,p,q,rTRX1900 []
Equipment Choice Quantity TDR
Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO3
SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3
TRE module GSM 850or GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE
n + p + q + r [ G850MODOOAor G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ](1)+ G4MOD**OOF
ANB/ANC module GSM 850or GSM 900or GSM 1800or GSM 1900
3 G850MODOO3or G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7or G4MOD**OOS
or if (n+p+q+r) 8:GSM 900
or GSM 1800
3G4MOD1*OOA
or G4MOD1*OOC
ANB/ANC module GSM 850or GSM 900or GSM 1800or GSM 1900
1 G850MODOO1or G4MOD**OO1or G4MOD**OO2or G4MOD**OOQ
or if (n+p+q+r) 8:GSM 900
or GSM 1800
1G4MOD1*OOB
or G4MOD1*OOD
50 Ohms load for AN If ANC: 16–n–p–q–r G3MOD**OOL
+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.
TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module GSM 850or GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE
n’ + p’ + q’ + r’ [ G850MODOOAor G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ](1)+ G4MOD**OOF
ANC module GSM 900or GSM 1800
if(n+n’+p+p’+q+q’+r+r’)>8 and no ANC on site: 3
G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
58
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
ANC module GSM 900or GSM 1800
if(n+n’+p+p’+q+q’+r+r’)>8 and no ANC on site: 1
G4MOD**OO1or G4MOD**OO2
50 Ohms load for AN If ANC added:16–(n+n’+p+p’+q+q’+r+r’)
G3MOD**OOL
(1) 4x1...2 is OK, but 4x3 is restricted: +40ºC. +45ºC is possible if the power is reduced to28W at OMC–R (Pmax–2dB). (Refer to § 2.4)
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
59
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
4.16 MBI5 – 2x4 + 2x2 – DC
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
Connection Area
Air Inlet
STAND
Legend
FANU FANUFANU
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
FANUFANU
TRE1TRE2TRE1TRE2
ANC 1
TRE3TRE4TRE3
SUMA
TRE1TRE2TRE1TRE2
FANU FANU FANU
ANC 2( Sector 2 )
( Sector 1 )
ANC 3( Sector 3 )
Empty space.ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ANC 4( Sector 4 )
ANC 3a b
TRE 1
ANC 1
a b
TRE 1
ANC 4a b
ANC 2
a b
The BTS has 4 sectors withrespectively n, p, q and r TRE.
2
23 4
TRE 1 23 4
TRE 1 2
TRE4
FANU FANU
Dummy Panel
Dummy Panel
Air Inlet
Air Inlet
The ANCs can be replaced by ANBsin case of less than 3 TRE per sector
Figure 23. MBI5 – 2x4 + 2x2 – DC
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
60
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,p,q,rTRX850 []or BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,p,q,rTRX900 [–E+–ANB]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,p,q,rTRX1800 [–E+–ANB]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,p,q,rTRX1900 []
Equipment Choice Quantity TDR
Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO3
SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3
TRE module GSM 850or GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE
n + p + q + r [ G850MODOOAor G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ](1)+ G4MOD**OOF
ANB/ANC module GSM 850or GSM 900or GSM 1800or GSM 1900
3 G850MODOO3or G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7or G4MOD**OOS
or[ GSM 900or GSM 1800]+[ GSM900or GSM 1800]
2
1
[ G4MOD1*OOAor G4MOD1*OOC]+[ G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7]
ANC module GSM 850or GSM 900or GSM 1800or GSM 1900
1 G850MODOO1or G4MOD**OO1or G4MOD**OO2or G4MOD**OOQ
50 Ohms load for AN if ANB: 8–n–pif no ANB: 16–n–p–q–r
G3MOD**OOL
+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.
TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module GSM 850or GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE
n’ + p’ + q’ + r’ [ G850MODOOAor G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ](1)+ G4MOD**OOF
(1) This configuration is restricted: +40ºC. +45ºC is possible if the power is reduced to28W at OMC–R (Pmax–2dB). (Refer to § 2.4)
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
61
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
4.17 MBI5 – 1x6 + 2x3 – DC
4.17.1 MBI5 – 1x6 + 2x3 – DC with ANY
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
Connection Area
Air Inlet
STAND
Legend
FANU FANUFANU
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
FANUFANU
TRE1TRE2TRE3TRE4
ANC 1
TRE1TRE2
TRE5
SUMA
TRE3TRE1TRE2TRE3
FANU FANU FANU
ANC 2( Sector 2 )
( Sector 1 )
ANC 3( Sector 3 )
Empty space.
ANC 2a b
ANC 3a b
The BTS has 3 sectors withrespectively 6, 3 and 3 TRE
TRE 1 23TRE6
FANU FANU
Dummy Panel
Dummy Panel
Air Inlet
Air Inlet
ANY1
ANY2
ANC 1a b
ANY 1 ANY 2
TRE 1 3 5 2 4 6
TRE 1 23
Figure 24. MBI5 – 1x6 + 2x3 – DC with ANY
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
62
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–6,3,3TRX900 [–E+]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–6,3,3TRX1800 [–E+]
Equipment Choice Quantity TDR
Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO3
SUMA 1 G4MOD**OO3
TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+
12 [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOL ]+ G4MOD**OOF
ANC module GSM 900or GSM 1800
3 G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7
ANY module GSM 900or GSM 1800
2 [ G4MOD1*OOIor G4MOD1*OOJ ]+ 2 x G4MOD**OOF
50 Ohms load for AN 4 G3MOD**OOL
+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.
TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION : No extension
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
63
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
4.17.2 MBI5 – 1x6 + 2x3 – DC without ANY
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
Connection Area
Air Inlet
STAND
Legend
FANU FANUFANU
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
FANUFANU
TRE1TRE2TRE3TRE4
ANC 1
TRE1TRE2
TRE5
SUMA
TRE3TRE1TRE2TRE3
FANU FANU FANU
ANC 3( Sector 2 )
( Sector 1 )
ANC 4( Sector 3 )
Empty space.
ANC 3
a b
ANC 4a b
The BTS has 3 sectors withrespectively 6, 3 and 3 sectors
TRE 1 23
TRE6
FANU FANU
Dummy Panel
Dummy Panel
Air Inlet
Air Inlet
ANY2
TRE 1 23
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ANC 2( Sector 1)
ANC 1a b
ANC 2a b
TRE 3 4 65TRE 1 2
Sector 1:
Sector 2:
Sector 3:
Figure 25. MBI5 – 1x6 + 2x3 – DC without ANY
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
64
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–6,3,3TRX900 [–E+]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–6,3,3TRX1800 [–E+]
Equipment Choice Quantity TDR
Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO3
SUMA 1 G4MOD**OO3
TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+
12 [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOL ]+ G4MOD**OOF
ANC module GSM 900or GSM 1800
4 G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7
50 Ohms load for AN 4 G3MOD**OOL
+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.
TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION : No extension
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
65
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
4.18 MBI5 – 2x5 + 1x2 – DC
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
Connection Area
Air InletSTAND
Legend
FANU FANUFANU
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
FANUFANU
TRE1TRE3TRE2TRE4
ANC 1
TRE1
SUMA
TRE2TRE3TRE4TRE5
FANU FANU FANU
ANC 2( Sector 2 )
( Sector 1 )
ANC 3( Sector 3 )
Empty space.
ANC 3a b
TRE 1 2
FANU FANU
Dummy Panel
Dummy Panel
Air Inlet
Air Inlet
TRE5
The BTS has 3 sectors with5, 5 and 2 TRE
The ANC 3 can be replaced by ANB
ANY
TRE1TRE2
ANC 1a b
TRE 1 3 24 5
ANY 1
ANY
2
1
ANC 2a b
TRE 1 3 24 5
ANY 2
Figure 26. MBI5 – 2x5 + 1x2 DC
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
66
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–5,5,2TRX900 [–E+]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–5,5,2TRX1800 [–E+]
Equipment Choice Quantity TDR
Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO3
SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3
TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+
12 [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOL]+ G4MOD**OOF
ANC module GSM 900or GSM 1800
2 G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7
ANB/ANC module GSM 900or GSM 1800
1 G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7
or:GSM 900
or GSM 1800
1G4MOD1*OOA
or G4MOD1*OOC
ANY module GSM 900or GSM 1800
2 [ G4MOD1*OOIor G4MOD1*OOJ ]+ 2 x G4MOD**OOF
50 Ohms load for AN If ANC: 4else: 2
G3MOD**OOL
+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.
TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION : No extension
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
67
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
4.19 MBI5 – 3x1..2 + 1x4 – DC with ANY
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
Connection Area
Air InletSTAND
Legend
FANU FANUFANU
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
FANUFANU
TRE1TRE2TRE1TRE2
ANC 1
TRE3
SUMA
TRE1TRE2TRE1TRE2
FANU FANU FANU
ANC 2( Sector 2 )
( Sector 1 )
ANC 3( Sector 3 )
Empty space.
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ANC 4( Sector 4 )
ANC 3a b
TRE 1
ANC 1a b
TRE 1
ANC 4a b
2
2
TRE 1 2
FANU FANU
Dummy Panel
Dummy Panel
Air Inlet
Air Inlet
TRE4
The BTS has 4 sectors withn, p, q and r TRE
The ANCs 1, 3 & 4 can be replacedby ANB’s also
ANC 2
ANY
TRE 1 3 2 4
a
ANY
Figure 27. MBI5 – 1x1...2 + 1x4 – DC with ANY
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
68
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,4,q,rTRX900 [–E+]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,4,q,rTRX1800 [–E+]
Equipment Choice Quantity TDR
Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO3
SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3
TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+
4 + n + q + r [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOL]+ G4MOD**OOF
ANB/ANC module GSM 900or GSM 1800
3 G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7
or:GSM 900
or GSM 1800
3G4MOD1*OOA
or G4MOD1*OOC
ANC module GSM 900or GSM 1800
1 G4MOD**OO1or G4MOD**OO2
ANY module GSM 900or GSM 1800
1 [ G4MOD1*OOIor G4MOD1*OOJ ]+ 2 x G4MOD**OOF
50 Ohms load for AN If ANC: 12–n–q–relse: 2
G3MOD**OOL
+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.
TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+
n’ + q’ + r’ [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOL ]+ G4MOD**OOF
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
69
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
4.20 MBI3 – 1x1...4 – DC or AC with ANX and ANY
Connection Area
Air Inlet
STAND
Empty space
Air Inlet
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
BATS(Option)
FANU FANU FANU
FANU FANUFANUTRE1TRE2
SUMA
TRE3TRE4
ANXANY
Dummy Panel
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ADAM
PM12
PM12
Legend
The BTS has 1 sector with n TRE.
ANXa b
ANY
TRE 1 3 2 4
ÅÅÅÅÅÅ
Modules present onlyin AC configuration
Figure 28. MBI3 – 1x1...4 – DC or AC with ANX and ANY
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
70
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI3–nTRX900– [E+–AC –BU u]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI3–nTRX1800– [E+–AC –BU u]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI3–nTRX1900– [AC –BU u]
Equipment Choice Quantity TDR
Cabinet DCor AC
1 MBIGSM*OO1or MBIGSM*OO2
SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3
TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE
n [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ]+ G4MOD**OOF
ANX module GSM 900or GSM 1800or GSM 1900
1 G3MOD**OO2or G3MOD**OO5or G3MOD**OOP
ANY module GSM 900or GSM 1800or GSM 1900
0 if n < 31 if n>2
[ G4MOD1*OOIor G4MOD1*OOJor G3MOD**OOQ ]+ 2 x G4MOD**OOF
50 Ohms load for AN 0 if no ANYelse: 4 – n
G3MOD**OOL
+ In case of AC variant :
Battery Backup Unit(Option)
BU5 1 G4CAB**OO8
+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.
TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE
n’ [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ]+ G4MOD**OOF
ANY module GSM 900or GSM 1800or GSM 1900
If no ANY on site :1 If (n+n’) 2
[ G4MOD1*OOIor G4MOD1*OOJor G3MOD**OOQ ]+ 2 x G4MOD**OOF
50 Ohms load for AN If ANY added :4–(n+n’)
G3MOD**OOL
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
71
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
4.21 MBI3 – 2x1...2 – DC or AC with ANX
Connection Area
Air Inlet
STAND
Empty space
Legend
FANU FANUFANU
Air Inlet
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
BATS(Option)
FANU FANU FANU
TRE1TRE2
ANX 1ANX 2( Sector 2 ) ( Sector 1 )
SUMA
TRE1TRE2
The BTS has 2 sectors : – Sector 1 with n TRE, – Sector 2 with p TRE.
a bANX 1
TRE 1 2
a bANX 2
TRE 1 2
Sector 1 Sector 2
Dummy Panel
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ADAM
PM12
PM12
ÅÅÅÅÅÅ
Modules present onlyin AC configuration
Figure 29. MBI3 – 2x1...2 – DC or AC with ANX
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
72
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI3–n,pTRX900– [E+–AC –BU u]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI3–n,pTRX1800–[E+––AC –BU u]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI3–n,pTRX1900–[AC –BU u]
Equipment Choice Quantity TDR
Cabinet DCor AC
1 MBIGSM*OO1or MBIGSM*OO2
SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3
TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE
n + p [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ]+ G4MOD**OOF
ANX module GSM 900or GSM 1800or GSM 1900
2 G3MOD**OO2or G3MOD**OO5or G3MOD**OOP
+ In case of AC variant :
Battery Backup Unit(Option)
BU5 1 G4CAB**OO8
+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.
TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE
n’ + p’ [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ](1)+ G4MOD**OOF
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
73
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
4.22 MBI3 – 3x1...2 – DC with ANX
Connection Area
Air Inlet
STAND
Empty space
Legend
FANU FANUFANU FANU FANUTRE1TRE2
ANX 3( Sector 3 )
TRE1TRE2
FANU FANU FANU
TRE1TRE2
The BTS has 3 sectors :
a bANX 1
TRE 1 2Sector 1
– Sector 1 with n TRE, – Sector 2 with p TRE, – Sector 3 with q TRE.
Air Inlet
a bANX 2
TRE 1 2Sector 2
a b
ANX 3
TRE 1 2Sector 3
ANX 1ANX 2( Sector 2 ) ( Sector 1 )
SUMA
Dummy Panel
Figure 30. MBI3 – 3x1...2 – DC with ANX
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
74
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI3–n,p,qTRX900 [–E+]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI3–n,p,qTRX1800 [–E+]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI3–n,p,qTRX1900 []
Equipment Choice Quantity TDR
Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO1
SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3
TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE
n + p + q [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ]+ G4MOD**OOF
ANX module GSM 900or GSM 1800or GSM 1900
3 G3MOD**OO2or G3MOD**OO5or G3MOD**OOP
+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.
TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE
n + p + q [or G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ]+ G4MOD**OOF
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
75
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
4.23 MBI5 – 1x1...8 – 24V DC
Empty space
Legend
The BTS has 1 sector with n TRE.
ANC 1a b
ANY 1 ANY 2
TRE 1 3 5 7 2 4 6 8
If more than 4 TRE, 2 ANY are required.Pre–equipment possible.
Up to 4 TRE, and if no ANY pre–equip.the TRE1 to TRE4 are directly connectedto the ANC.
Air Inlet
STANDAir Inlet
24V
Connection Area
FANU FANUFANU
FANUFANUFANU
TRE1TRE2TRE3TRE4
ANC 1ANYANY2 1
TRE5TRE6TRE7TRE8
SUMA
Air Inlet
Dummy Panel
24V
The ANC can be replaced by the ANBin case of less than 3 TRE
Figure 31. MBI5 – 1x1...8 – 24V DC
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
76
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–nTRX850 – 24V [–PRE]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–nTRX900 –24V [–E+–PRE–ANB]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–nTRX1800 –24V [–E+–PRE–ANB]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–nTRX1900 –24V [–PRE]
Equipment Choice Quantity TDR
Cabinet 1 MBIGSM*OO3
Subrack 24V DC 1 MBIGSM*OO5+ MBIGSM*OO7
Converter 24V DC 2 MBIGSM*OO6
SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3
TRE module GSM 850or GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE
n [ G850MODOOAor G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ]+ G4MOD**OOF
ANB/ANC module GSM 850or GSM 900or GSM 1800or GSM 1900
1 G850MODOO3or G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7or G4MOD**OOS
or if n 2:GSM 900
or GSM 1800
1G4MOD1*OOA
or G4MOD1*OOC
ANY module GSM 850or GSM 900or GSM 1800or GSM 1900
0 If n 42 If n 4
or if PRE–eq.
[ G850MODOO2or G4MOD1*OOIor G4MOD1*OOJor G3MOD**OOQ ]+ 2 x G4MOD**OOF
50 Ohms load for AN If ANC: 4–n if no ANY 8–n if ANY
G3MOD**OOL
+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.
TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module GSM 850or GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE
n’ [ G850MODOOAor G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ]+ G4MOD**OOF
ANC module GSM 900or GSM 1800
if (n+n’)>2and no ANC on site: 1
G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
77
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
ANY module GSM 850or GSM 900or GSM 1800or GSM 1900
If no ANY on site :2 If (n+n’) 4
[ G850MODOO2or G4MOD1*OOIor G4MOD1*OOJor G3MOD**OOQ ]+ 2 x G4MOD**OOF
50 Ohms load for AN If ANC added: 4–(n+n’)
If 2 ANY added :8–(n+n’)
G3MOD**OOL
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
78
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
4.24 MBI5 – 2x1...4 – 24V DC
Empty space
Legend
The BTS has 2 sectors :
a bANC 1
TRE 1 3
a bANC 2
TRE 1 3
Sector 1 Sector 2
– Sector 1 with n TRE, – Sector 2 with p TRE.
2 24 4
Air Inlet
STANDAir Inlet
Connection Area
FANU FANUFANU FANU FANUFANUTRE1TRE2TRE1TRE2
ANC 1ANC 2( Sector 2 ) ( Sector 1 )
SUMA
TRE3TRE4TRE4 TRE3
FANU FANU FANUAir
Dummy Panel
Inlet
24V24V
The ANCs can be replaced by ANBsin case of less than 3 TRE per sector
Figure 32. MBI5 – 2x1...4 – 24V DC
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
79
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,pTRX850 –24V []or BTS–9100–IND–MBI5– n,pTRX900 –24V [–E+–ANB]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,pTRX1800 –24V [–E+–ANB]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,pTRX1900 –24V []
Equipment Choice Quantity TDR
Cabinet 1 MBIGSM*OO3
Subrack 24V DC 1 MBIGSM*OO5+ MBIGSM*OO7
Converter 24V DC 2 MBIGSM*OO6
SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3
TRE module GSM 850or GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE
n + p [ G850MODOOAor G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ]+ G4MOD**OOF
ANB/ANC module GSM 850or GSM 900or GSM 1800or GSM 1900
2 G850MODOO3or G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7or G4MOD**OOS
or if (n+p) 4:GSM 900
or GSM 1800
2G4MOD1*OOA
or G4MOD1*OOC
50 Ohms load for AN If ANC: 8 – n – p G3MOD**OOL
+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.
TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module GSM 850or GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE
n’ + p’ [ G850MODOOAor G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ]+ G4MOD**OOF
ANC module GSM 900or GSM 1800
if (n+n’+p+p’) > 4and no ANC on site: 2
G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7
50 Ohms load for AN If ANC added: 8–(n+n’+p+p’)
G3MOD**OOL
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
80
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
4.25 MBI5 – 3x1...3 – 24V DC
Legend
Empty space
The BTS has 3 sectors :
ANC 1a b
TRE 1 3 2
ANC 2a b
1 3 2
ANC 3a b
1 3 2
– Sector 1 with n TRE,– Sector 2 with p TRE,– Sector 3 with q TRE.
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
Connection Area
Air InletFANU FANUFANU
TRE1TRE2TRE3TRE1
ANC 2
TRE3TRE2TRE3
Dummy Panel
FANU FANUFANU
FANU FANU FANUAir Inlet
TRE1TRE2
SUMA
ANC 1
ANC 3
STAND
Air Inlet
24 V 24 V 24 V
The ANCs can be replaced by ANBsin case of less than 3 TRE per sector
Figure 33. MBI5 – 3x1...3 – 24V DC
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
81
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,p,qTRX850 –24V []or BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,p,qTRX900 –24V [–E+–ANB]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,p,qTRX1800 –24V [–E+–ANB]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,p,qTRX1900 –24V []
Equipment Choice Quantity TDR
Cabinet 1 MBIGSM*OO3
Subrack 24V DC 1 MBIGSM*OO5+ MBIGSM*OO7
Converter 24V DC if (n+p+q)<9: 2if (n+p+q) = 9: 3
MBIGSM*OO6
SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3
TRE module GSM 850or GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE
n + p + q [ G850MODOOAor G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ]+ G4MOD**OOF
ANB/ANC module GSM 850or GSM 900or GSM 1800or GSM 1900
3 G850MODOO3or G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7or G4MOD**OOS
or if (n+p+q) 6:GSM 900
or GSM 1800
3G4MOD1*OOA
or G4MOD1*OOC
50 Ohms load for AN If ANC: 12–n–p–q G3MOD**OOL
+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.
TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module GSM 850or GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE
n’ + p’ + q’ [ G850MODOOAor G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ](1)+ G4MOD**OOF
ANC module GSM 900or GSM 1800
if (n+n’+p+p’+q+q’) > 6and no ANC on site: 3
G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7
50 Ohms load for AN If ANC added: 12–(n+n’+p+p’+q+q’)
G3MOD**OOL
Converter 24V DC if (n+p+q)<9 and(n+n’ + p+p’ + q+q’) = 9
then 1
MBIGSM*OO6
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
82
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
4.26 MBI5 – 4x1...2 – 24V DC
Legend
Empty space.
ANC 3
a b
TRE 1
ANC 1a b
TRE 1
ANC 4
a b
ANC 2a b
2
2
TRE 1 2
TRE 1 2
The BTS has 4 sectors withn, p, q and r TRE
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
Connection Area
Air InletFANU FANUFANU
TRE1TRE2TRE1TRE2
ANC 2
TRE1TRE1TRE2
Dummy Panel
FANU FANUFANU
FANU FANU FANUAir Inlet
SUMA
ANC 1
ANC 3
STAND
Air Inlet
TRE2
ANC 4
24 V 24 V
The ANCs can be replacedby ANBs also
Figure 34. MBI5 – 4x1...2 – 24V DC
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
83
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,p,q,rTRX850 –24V []or BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,p,q,rTRX900 –24V [–E+–ANB]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,p,q,rTRX1800 –24V [–E+–ANB]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,p,q,rTRX1900 –24V []
Equipment Choice Quantity TDR
Cabinet 1 MBIGSM*OO3
Subrack 24V DC 1 MBIGSM*OO5+ MBIGSM*OO7
Converter 24V DC 2 MBIGSM*OO6
SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3
TRE module GSM 850or GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE
n + p + q + r [ G850MODOOAor G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ](1)+ G4MOD**OOF
ANB/ANC module GSM 850or GSM 900or GSM 1800or GSM 1900
3 G850MODOO3or G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7or G4MOD**OOS
or:GSM 900
or GSM 1800
3G4MOD1*OOA
or G4MOD1*OOC
ANB/ANC module GSM 850or GSM 900or GSM 1800or GSM 1900
1 G850MODOO1or G4MOD**OO1or G4MOD**OO2or G4MOD**OOQ
or:GSM 900
or GSM 1800
1G4MOD1*OOB
or G4MOD1*OOD
50 Ohms load for AN If ANC: 16–n–p–q–r G3MOD**OOL
+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.
TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module GSM 850or GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE
n’ + p’ + q’ + r’ [ G850MODOOAor G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ](1)+ G4MOD**OOF
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
84
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
5 LOW LOSS CONFIGURATIONS – GSM 900, 1800, 1900
5.1 MBI3 1x3...4 – Low Loss – DC or AC
Connection Area
Air Inlet
STAND
Legend
FANU FANUFANU FANU FANUFANUTRE1TRE2TRE3TRE4
ANC 1ANC 2SUMA
Air Inlet
The BTS has 1 sector with n TRE.ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ADAM
PM12
PM12
PM12
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
BATS(Option)
FANU FANUFANU FANU FANUFANU
a bANC 1
TRE 1 2
a bANC 2
TRE 3 4
On each ANC :
at installation time. (On site)The two bridges will be removed
Both ANC are set to thesame sector number.
Empty space
ÅÅÅÅÅÅ
Modules present onlyin AC configuration
Dummy Panel
The ANCs can be replacedby ANBs also
Figure 35. MBI3 – 1x3...4 – Low Loss – DC or AC
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
85
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI3–nTRX900–LL [–E+–AC–BU u–ANB]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI3–nTRX1800–LL [–E+–AC–BU u–ANB]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI3–nTRX1900–LL [–AC–BU u]
Equipment Choice Quantity TDR
Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO1
AC 1 MBIGSM*OO2
SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3
TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE
n [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ]+ G4MOD**OOF
ANB/ANC module GSM 900or GSM 1800or GSM 1900
2 G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7or G4MOD**OOS
or:GSM 900
or GSM 1800
2G4MOD1*OOA
or G4MOD1*OOC
+ In case of AC variant :
Battery Backup Unit(Option)
BU5 1 G4CAB**OO8
+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.
TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE
n’ [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ]+ G4MOD**OOF
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
86
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
5.2 MBI5 – 1x3...8 – Low Loss – DC or AC
Connection Area
Air Inlet
Dummy Panel
Legend
FANUFANUFANU
TRE1TRE2TRE3TRE4
Air Inlet
Empty space
TRE5TRE6TRE7TRE8
FANU FANU FANU
ANC 1ANC 2
ÅÅÅÅÅÅ
Modules present onlyin AC configuration
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
STAND
FANU FANU
SUMA
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ADAM
PM12
PM12
PM12
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
BATS
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
BBU orSTASR
(Option)
(Option)
FANU
The BTS has 1 sector with n TRE.
ANC 1a b
TRE 1 5 2 6
ANC 2a b
Both ANC are set to thesame sector number.
TRE 3 7 4 8
On each ANC :In case of 1x3...4:
connected to them.
The two bridges will be removedat installation time (On site),if no more than 2 TREs are
Figure 36. MBI5 – 1x3...8 – Low Loss – DC or AC
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
87
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–nTRX900–LL [–E+–AC–BU u]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–nTRX1800–LL [–E+–AC–BU u]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–nTRX1900–LL [–AC–BU u]
Equipment Choice Quantity TDR
Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO3
or AC 1 MBIGSM*OO4+ G4CAB**OO1
or AC with BU90
(Large BBU)
1 MBIGSM*OO4+ NBV2CABOO6
SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3
TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE
n [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ]+ G4MOD**OOF
ANC module GSM 900or GSM 1800or GSM 1900
2 G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7or G4MOD**OOS
50 Ohms load for AN 8–n G3MOD**OOL
+ In case of AC variant :
Battery Backup Unit(Option)
BU5or BU90
1 G4CAB**OO8or EXTBAT*OO4
+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.
TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE
n’ [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ]+ G4MOD**OOF
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
88
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
5.3 MBI5 1x9...12 – Low Loss – DC or AC
This configuration is the logical extension of the 1x3...8 Low Loss configuration.
Connection Area
Air Inlet
Dummy Panel
Legend
FANUFANUFANU
TRE1TRE2TRE3TRE4
Air Inlet
Empty space
TRE5TRE6TRE7TRE8
FANU FANU FANU
ANC 1ANC 2
ÅÅÅÅÅÅ
Modules present onlyin AC configuration
Air Inlet
STAND
FANU FANUFANUTRE9TRE10TRE11TRE12
ANC 3SUMA
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ADAM
PM12
PM12
PM12
The BTS has 1 sector with n TREs.
ANC 3a b
TRE 9 11
The 3 ANC are set to the same sector number.
10 12
ANC 1a b
TRE 1 5 2 6
ANC 2a b
TRE 3 7 4 8ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
BATS(Option)
Dummy Panel
Figure 37. MBI5 1x9...12 – Low Loss – DC or AC
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
89
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–nTRX900–LL [–E+–AC–BU u]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–nTRX1800–LL [–E+–AC–BU u]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–nTRX1900–LL [–AC–BU u]
Equipment Choice Quantity TDR
Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO3
or AC 1 MBIGSM*OO4+ G4CAB**OO1
SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3
TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE
n [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ](1)+ G4MOD**OOF
ANC module GSM 900or GSM 1800or GSM 1900
3 G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7or G4MOD**OOS
50 Ohms load for AN 12–n G3MOD**OOL
+ In case of AC variant :
Battery Backup Unit(Option)
BU5 1 G4CAB**OO8
+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.
TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE
n’ [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ](1)+ G4MOD**OOF
(1) 1x9...10 is OK, but 1x11...12 is restricted: +40ºC. +45ºC is possible if the power is re-duced to 28W at OMC–R (Pmax–2dB). (Refer to § 2.4)
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
90
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
5.4 MBI5 – 2x3...6 – Low Loss – DC
SUMA
Connection Area
Air
Legend
FANUFANUFANU
TRE3TRE4TRE3TRE4
Empty space
TRE5TRE6TRE5TRE6
FANU FANU FANU
ANC 3ANC 2
Air Inlet
STAND
FANU FANUFANU
Dummy
TRE1TRE2TRE1TRE2
ANC 1ANC 4(Sector 1)
(Sector 1)(Sector 2)
(Sector 2)
The BTS has 2 sectors with
ANC 1a b
TRE 1
respectively n and p TRE.
ANC 3a b
Both ANC are set to thesame sector number.
Sector 1 :
ANC 2a b
ANC 4a b
Sector 2 :
In each sector :
TRE 1
On each ANC :The two bridges will be removedat installation time (On site),
3 5 4 6
3 5 4 6
In case of 2x3...4 :
if no more than 2 TREs are connected to them.
2
2
Panel
Dummy Panel
Inlet
Air Inlet
(sector n) (sector q)
(sector p) (sector r)
Figure 38. MBI5 – 2x3...6 – Low Loss – DC
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
91
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,pTRX900–LL [–E+–ANB]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,pTRX1800–LL [–E+–ANB]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,pTRX1900–LL
Equipment Choice Quantity TDR
Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO3
SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3
TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE
n + p [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ](1)+ G4MOD**OOF
ANB/ANC module GSM 900or GSM 1800or GSM 1900
2 G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7or G4MOD**OOS
orGSM 900
or GSM 1800
2G4MOD1*OOA
or G4MOD1*OOC
ANC module GSM 900or GSM 1800or GSM 1900
1
+ 1
G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7or G4MOD**OOS+ G4MOD**OO1or G4MOD**OO2or G4MOD**OOQ
50 Ohms load for AN If no ANB: 16–n–p G3MOD**OOL
+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.
TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE
n’ + p’ [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ](1)+ G4MOD**OOF
(1) 2x1...5 is OK, but 2x6 is restricted: +40ºC. +45ºC is possible if the power is reduced to28W at OMC–R (Pmax–2dB). (Refer to § 2.4)
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
92
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
5.5 MBI5 – 3x3 – Low Loss – DC
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
Connection Area
Air Inlet
STAND
Legend
FANU FANUFANU
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
FANUFANUFANU
TRE1
ANC 1
TRE1TRE2
SUMA
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
TRE3
TRE1
FANU FANU FANU
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ANC 6
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ANC 2
Empty space.
Dummy Panel
Dummy Panel
Air Inlet
Air Inlet
The ANCs can be replaced by ANBsalso
ANC 5
TRE2
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ANC 3
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
TRE1TRE2
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ANC 4
TRE1
(Sector 1)(Sector 1)(Sector 2)
(Sector 2)(Sector 3)(Sector 3)
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
TRE3
TRE3
The BTS has 3 sectors with
ANC 1a b
TRE 1
respectively 3 TRE:
ANC 4a b
Both ANC are set to thesame sector number.
Sector 1 :
ANC 2a b
ANC 5a b
Sector 2 :
In each sector :
TRE 1
3
3
2
2
ANC 3a b
ANC 6a b
Sector 3 :
TRE 1 3 2
(sector n) (sector r)
(sector p) (sector s)
(sector q) (sector t)
Figure 39. MBI5 – 3x3 Low Loss – DC
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
93
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–3,3,3TRX900–LL [–E+–ANB]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–3,3,3TRX1800–LL [–E+–ANB]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–3,3,3TRX1900–LL
Equipment Choice Quantity TDR
Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO3
SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3
TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE
9 [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ]+ G4MOD**OOF
ANB/ANC module GSM 900or GSM 1800or GSM 1900
6 G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7or G4MOD**OOS
orGSM 900
or GSM 1800
6G4MOD1*OOA
or G4MOD1*OOC
50 Ohms load for AN If no ANB: 3 G3MOD**OOL
+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.
TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION : No extension
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
94
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
6 HIGH POWER CONFIGURATIONS – GSM 900, 1800
High power configurations with AC power supply are not foreseen actually with BU101 inte-grated in the cabinet.
6.1 MBI3 – 1x1...3 – High Power – DC or AC
Connection Area
Air Inlet
STAND
Empty space
Legend
FANU FANUFANU FANU FANUFANUTRE1TRE3
ANC 1( Sector 1 )
SUMA
FANU FANU FANUAir Inlet
ÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ANC 1
TRE 1 3 2
a b
The BTS has 1 sectorwith 1...3 TRE
On ANC:The two bridges will be removedat installation time. (On site)
Dummy Panel
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
BATS(Option)
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ADAM
PM12
PM12
ÅÅÅÅÅÅ
Modules present onlyin AC configuration
The ANC can be replaced incase of less than 3 TRE
TRE2
Figure 40. MBI3 – 1x1...3 – High Power – DC or AC
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
95
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI3–nTRX900–HP [–E+–AC–BU u–ANB]BTS–9100–IND–MBI3–nTRX1800–HP [–E+–AC–BU u–ANB]
Equipment Choice Quantity TDR
Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO1
or AC 1 MBIGSM*OO2
SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3
TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+
n [ G4MOD**OOTor G4MOD**OOCor G4MOD**OONor G4MOD**OOD ]+ G4MOD**OOF
ANB/ANC module GSM 900or GSM 1800
G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7
or if n 2:GSM 900
or GSM 1800
1
G4MOD1*OOAor G4MOD1*OOC
+ In case of AC variant :
Battery Backup Unit(Option)
BU5 1 G4CAB**OO8
+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.
TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+
n’ [ G4MOD**OOTor G4MOD**OOCor G4MOD**OONor G4MOD**OOD ]+ G4MOD**OOF
ANC module GSM 900or GSM 1800
if (n+n’) > 2and no ANC on site: 1
G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7
50 Ohms load for AN If ANC added:4–(n+n’)
G3MOD**OOL
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
96
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
6.2 MBI3 – 2x1...2 – High Power – DC or AC
Connection Area
Air Inlet
STAND
Empty space
Legend
FANU FANUFANU FANU FANUFANUTRE1TRE1
ANC 1ANC 2( Sector 2 ) ( Sector 1 )
SUMA
FANU FANU FANUAir Inlet
ÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ANC 1
TRE 1 2
a b
The BTS has 2 sectorswith 1 TRE each.
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ANC 2
TRE 1 2
a b
On each ANC :The two bridges will be removedat installation time. (On site)
Dummy Panel
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
BATS(Option)
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ADAM
PM12
PM12
ÅÅÅModules present onlyin AC configuration
The ANCs can be replacedby ANBs also
TRE2 TRE2
Figure 41. MBI3 – 2x1 – High Power – DC or AC
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
97
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI3–n,pTRX900–HP [–E+–AC–BU u–ANB]BTS–9100–IND–MBI3–n,pTRX1800–HP [–E+–AC–BU u–ANB]
Equipment Choice Quantity TDR
Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO1
or AC 1 MBIGSM*OO2
SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3
TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+
n + p [ G4MOD**OOTor G4MOD**OOCor G4MOD**OONor G4MOD**OOD ]+ G4MOD**OOF
ANB/ANC module GSM 900or GSM 1800
2 G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7
or:GSM 900
or GSM 1800
2G4MOD1*OOA
or G4MOD1*OOC
+ In case of AC variant :
Battery Backup Unit(Option)
BU5 1 G4CAB**OO8
+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.
TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+
n’ + p’ [ G4MOD**OOTor G4MOD**OOCor G4MOD**OONor G4MOD**OOD ]+ G4MOD**OOF
ANC module GSM 900or GSM 1800
if (n+n’+p+p’) > 4and no ANC on site: 2
G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7
50 Ohms load for AN If ANCs added:8–(n+n’+p+p’)
G3MOD**OOL
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
98
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
6.3 MBI3 – 3x1 – High Power – DC
Connection Area
Air Inlet
STAND
Empty space
Legend
FANU FANUFANU FANU FANUTRE1
ANC 1ANC 2( Sector 2 ) ( Sector 1 )
SUMA
ANC 3( Sector 3 )
TRE1
FANU FANU FANU
TRE1
The BTS has 3 sectors with 1 TRE each
a bANC 1
TRE 1
a bANC 2
TRE 1Sector 1 Sector 2
a bANC 3
TRE 1Sector 3
Dummy Panel
Air Inlet
The ANCs can be replacedby ANBs also
Figure 42. MBI3 – 3x1...1 – High Power – DC
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
99
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI3–n,pTRX900–HP [–E+–ANB]
Equipment Choice Quantity TDR
Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO1
SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3or G4MOD**OOE
TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+
3 [ G4MOD**OOTor G4MOD**OOC]+ G4MOD**OOF
ANB/ANC module GSM 900 3 G4MOD**OO6
or:GSM 900 3 G4MOD1*OOA
50 Ohms load for AN If ANCs: 9 G3MOD**OOL
+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.
TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION : No extension
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
100
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
6.4 MBI5 – 1x1...4 – High Power – DC or AC
ANC 1SUMA
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ADAM
PM12
PM12
PM12
Connection Area
Air Inlet
Dummy Panel
Legend
FANUFANUFANU
TRE4
Air Inlet
FANU FANU FANU
Air Inlet
STAND
FANU FANUFANU
Dummy Panel
TRE1TRE2TRE3
ANC 1a b
TRE 1 3 2 4
The BTS has 1 sector withn TRE.
Bridges can be removed if only2 TRE connected to the ANC.
On site, on the ANC:
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
BATS(Option)
Empty space
ÅÅÅÅÅÅ
Modules present onlyin AC configuration
The ANCs can be replaced by ANBsin case of less than 3 TRE per sector
Figure 43. MBI5 – 1x1...4 – High Power – DC or AC
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
101
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–nTRX900–HP [–E+–AC–BU u–ANB]BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–nTRX1800–HP [–E+–AC–BU u–ANB]
Equipment Choice Quantity TDR
Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO3
or AC 1 MBIGSM*OO4+ G4CAB**OO1
SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3
TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+
n [ G4MOD**OOTor G4MOD**OOCor G4MOD**OONor G4MOD**OOD ]+ G4MOD**OOF
ANB/ANC module GSM 900or GSM 1800
1 G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7
or if n 2:GSM 900
or GSM 18001 G4MOD1*OOA
or G4MOD1*OOC
50 Ohms load for AN If ANC: 4 – n G3MOD**OOL
+ In case of AC variant :
Battery Backup Unit(Option)
BU5 1 G4CAB**OO8
+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.
TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+
n’ [ G4MOD**OOTor G4MOD**OOCor G4MOD**OONor G4MOD**OOD ]+ G4MOD**OOF
ANC module GSM 900or GSM 1800
if (n+n’) > 2and no ANC on site: 1
G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7
50 Ohms load for AN If ANC added:4–(n+n’)
G3MOD**OOL
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
102
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
6.5 MBI5 – 1x1...8 – High Power – DC or AC
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
Connection Area
Air Inlet
STAND
Legend
FANU FANUFANU
FANUFANUFANU
TRE1TRE2TRE3TRE4
ANC 1ANYANY2 1
TRE5TRE6TRE7TRE8
Air Inlet
Empty space
ANC 1a b
ANY 1 ANY 2
TRE 1 3 5 7 2 4 6 8
If more than 4 TRE, 2 ANY are required.Pre–equipment possible.
to the ANC.
The BTS has 1 sector with n TRE.
Up to 4 TRE, and if no ANY pre–equip.the TRE1 to TRE4 are directly connected
Dummy Panel
FANU FANU
SUMA
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ADAM
PM12
PM12
PM12
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
BATS
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
BBU orSTASR
(Option)
ÅÅÅÅÅÅ
Modules present onlyin AC configuration
(Option)
FANU
The ANC can be replaced by theANB in case of less than 3 TRE
Figure 44. MBI5 – 1x1...8 – High Power – DC or AC
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
103
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–nTRX900–HP [–E+–PRE–AC–BU u–ANB]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–nTRX1800–HP [–E+–PRE–AC–BU u–ANB]
Equipment Choice Quantity TDR
Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO3
or AC 1 MBIGSM*OO4+ G4CAB**OO1
or AC with BU90
(Large BBU)
1 MBIGSM*OO4+ NBV2CABOO6
SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3
TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+
n [ G4MOD**OOTor G4MOD**OOCor G4MOD**OONor G4MOD**OOD ]+ G4MOD**OOF
ANB/ANC module GSM 900or GSM 1800
1 G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7
or if n 2:GSM 900
or GSM 1800
1G4MOD1*OOA
or G4MOD1*OOC
ANY module GSM 900or GSM 1800
0 If n 42 If n 4
or if PRE–eq.
[ G4MOD1*OOIor G4MOD1*OOJ ]+ 2 x G4MOD**OOF
50 Ohms load for AN 4–n If ANC and no ANY8–n If ANY
G3MOD**OOL
+ In case of AC variant :
Battery Backup Unit(Option)
BU5or BU90
1 G4CAB**OO8or EXTBAT*OO4
+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.
TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+
n’ [ G4MOD**OOTor G4MOD**OOCor G4MOD**OONor G4MOD**OOD ]+ G4MOD**OOF
ANC module GSM 900or GSM 1800
if (n+n’) > 2and no ANC on site: 1
G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7
ANY module GSM 900or GSM 1800
If no ANY on site :2 If (n+n’) 4
[ G4MOD1*OOIor G4MOD1*OOJ ]+ 2 x G4MOD**OOF
50 Ohms load for AN If ANC added:4–(n+n’)
If 2 ANY added :8–(n+n’)
G3MOD**OOL
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
104
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
6.6 MBI5 – 2x1...4 – High Power – DC or AC
Connection Area
Air Inlet
Dummy Panel
Legend
FANUFANUFANU
TRE1TRE2
TRE4
Air Inlet
TRE3TRE4
FANU FANU FANU
ANC 2
Air Inlet
STAND
FANU FANUFANU
Dummy Panel
TRE1TRE2TRE3
(Sector 2)
The BTS has 2 sectors with
ANC 1a b
TRE 1 3 2 4
respectively n and p TRE.
ANC 2a b
On site, on each ANC:
if only 2 TRE connected.
TRE 1 3 2 4
The two bridges can be removed
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
BATS(Option)
ANC 1SUMA
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ADAM
PM12
PM12
PM12
( Sector 1 )
Empty space
ÅÅÅModules present onlyin AC configuration
The ANCs can be replaced by ANBsin case of less than 3 TRE per sector
Figure 45. MBI5 – 2x1...4 – High Power – DC or AC
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
105
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,pTRX900–HP [–E+–AC–BU u–ANB]BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,pTRX1800–HP [–E+–AC–BU u–ANB]
Equipment Choice Quantity TDR
Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO3
or AC 1 MBIGSM*OO4+ G4CAB**OO1
SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3
TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+
n + p [ G4MOD**OOTor G4MOD**OOCor G4MOD**OONor G4MOD**OOD ]+ G4MOD**OOF
ANB/ANC module GSM 900or GSM 1800
2 G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7
or if (n+p) 4:GSM 900
or GSM 1800
2G4MOD1*OOA
or G4MOD1*OOC
50 Ohms load for AN if ANC: 8 – n – p G3MOD**OOL
+ In case of AC variant :
Battery Backup Unit(Option)
BU5 1 G4CAB**OO8
+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.
TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+
n’ + p’ [ G4MOD**OOTor G4MOD**OOCor G4MOD**OONor G4MOD**OOD ]+ G4MOD**OOF
ANC module GSM 900or GSM 1800
if (n+n’+p+p’)>4and no ANC on site: 2
G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7
50 Ohms load for AN If ANC added:8–(n+n’+p+p’)
G3MOD**OOL
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
106
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
6.7 MBI5 – 3x1...3 – High Power – DC or AC
ANC 1SUMA
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ADAM
PM12
PM12
PM12
( Sector 1 )
Connection Area
Air
Dummy
Legend
FANUFANUFANU
TRE1TRE2
Air Inlet
TRE2
FANU FANU FANU
ANC 2
Air Inlet
STAND
FANU FANUFANU
Dummy Panel
TRE1TRE2
(Sector 2)ANC 3
(Sector 3)
TRE1
TRE3TRE3
TRE3
The BTS has 3 sectors withrespectively n, p and q TRE.
ANC 1a b
1 3
ANC 2a b
1 32 2nc nc
ANC 3a b
1 3 2nc
Case of 3x1...2 :
On each ANC :
antenna.
The two bridges will be removedat installation time. (On site)One HP TRE transmitting per
Inlet
Panel
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
BATS(Option)
Empty space
ÅÅÅÅÅÅ
Modules present onlyin AC configuration
The ANCs can be replaced by ANBsin case of less than 3 TRE per sector
Figure 46. MBI5 – 3x1...3 – High Power – DC or AC
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
107
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,p,qTRX900–HP [–E+–AC–BU u–ANB]BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,p,qTRX1800–HP [–E+–AC–BU u–ANB]
Equipment Choice Quantity TDR
Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO3
or AC 1 MBIGSM*OO4+ G4CAB**OO1
SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3
TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+
n + p + q [ G4MOD**OOTor G4MOD**OOCor G4MOD**OONor G4MOD**OOD ]+ G4MOD**OOF
ANB/ANC module GSM 900or GSM 1800
3 G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7
or if (n+p+q) 6:GSM 900
or GSM 1800
3G4MOD1*OOA
or G4MOD1*OOC
50 Ohms load for AN if ANC: 12 – n – p – q G3MOD**OOL
+ In case of AC variant :
Battery Backup Unit(Option)
BU5 1 G4CAB**OO8
+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.
TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+
n’ + p’ + q’ [ G4MOD**OOTor G4MOD**OOCor G4MOD**OONor G4MOD**OOD ]+ G4MOD**OOF
ANC module GSM 900or GSM 1800
if (n+n’+p+p’+q+q’)>6and no ANC on site: 3
G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7
50 Ohms load for AN If ANC added:12–(n+n’+p+p’+q+q’)
G3MOD**OOL
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
108
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
6.8 MBI5 – 3x4 – High Power – DC
ANC 1SUMA
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ADAM
PM12
PM12
PM12
( Sector 1 )
Connection Area
Air
Dummy
Legend
FANUFANUFANU
TRE1TRE2
Air Inlet
TRE2
FANU FANU FANU
ANC 2
Air Inlet
STAND
FANU FANUFANU
Dummy Panel
TRE1TRE2
(Sector 2)ANC 3
(Sector 3)
TRE1
TRE3TRE3
TRE3
The BTS has 3 sectors withrespectively 4 TRE
ANC 1a b
ANC 2a b
ANC 3a b
Inlet
Panel
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
BATS(Option)
Empty space
TRE4TRE4
TRE4
1 3 2 4 1 3 2 4 1 3 2 4
Temperature limitation to 40 degrees C!
For higher temperatures split totwo cabinets (see next chapter)
Figure 47. MBI5 – 3x4 – High Power – DC
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
109
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–4,4,4TRX900–HP [–E+]BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–4,4,4TRX1800–HP [–E+]
Equipment Choice Quantity TDR
Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO3
SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3
TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+
12 [ G4MOD**OOTor G4MOD**OOCor G4MOD**OONor G4MOD**OOD ]+ G4MOD**OOF
ANB/ANC module GSM 900or GSM 1800
3 G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7
+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.
TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION : No extension
6.9 3x4 – High power for high temperatures
As the 3x4 High power cannot be realised within a single cabinet for ambient temperatures higher than+40°C, for these cases two cabinets should be used:
Cabinet 1: MBI5 2x4 HP,Cabinet 2: MBI5 1x4 HP.
For the configurations descriptions, the reader will refer to chapters 6.6 (MBI5 2x1...4 HP) and 6.4 (MBI51x1...4 HP).
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
110
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
6.10 MBI5 – 4x1...2 – High Power DC
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
Connection Area
Air Inlet
STAND
Legend
FANU FANUFANU
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
FANUFANU
TRE1TRE1
ANC 1
TRE2
SUMA
TRE1TRE1
FANU FANU FANU
ANC 2( Sector 2 )
( Sector 1 )
ANC 3( Sector 3 )
Empty space.
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ANC 4( Sector 4 )
ANC 3a b
TRE 1
ANC 1
a b
TRE 1
ANC 4a b
ANC 2
a b
2
2
TRE 1 2
TRE 1 2
FANU FANU
Dummy Panel
Dummy Panel
Air Inlet
Air Inlet
TRE2 TRE2
The BTS has 4 sectors withn, p, q and r TRE
TRE2
The ANCs can be replacedby ANBs also
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
111
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,p,q,rTRX900–HP [–E+–ANB]BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,p,qTRX1800–HP [–E+–ANB]
Equipment Choice Quantity TDR
Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO3
SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3
TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+
n + p + q + r [ G4MOD**OOTor G4MOD**OOCor G4MOD**OONor G4MOD**OOD ]+ G4MOD**OOF
ANB/ANC module GSM 900or GSM 1800
4 G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7
orGSM 900
or GSM 1800
4G4MOD1*OOA
or G4MOD1*OOC
50 Ohms load for AN if ANC:16 – n – p – q –r
G3MOD**OOL
+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.
TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+
n’ + p’ + q’ + r’ [ G4MOD**OOTor G4MOD**OOCor G4MOD**OONor G4MOD**OOD ]+ G4MOD**OOF
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
112
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
6.11 3x6 – High power
The configuration 3x1...6 High power is based on two cabinets:Cabinet 1: 1x6 TRX + 1x3 TRXCabinet 2: 1x6 TRX + 1x3 TRX
a b
ANC
nc
a b
ANC
nc
a b
ANC
nc
a b
ANC
nc
a b
ANC
nc
a b
ANC
nc
Cabinet 1 Cabinet 2
1x6 TRX 1x6 TRX
B6.2: 2x3 TRXB7.2: 1x6 TRX
Figure 48. 3x1...6 HP site configuration
The configuration will be ordered and manufactured as 2 x [–E+3x1...3] HP configuration. For that purposethe reader will refer to chapter 6.7.
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
113
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
6.12 MBI5 – 2x1...2 – High Power – TRDH – AC
ANC 1SUMA
ADAM
PM12
PM12
PM12
( Sector 1 )
Connection Area
Air
Dummy
Legend
FANUFANUFANU
TRE1TRE2
Air Inlet
FANU FANU FANU
ANC 2
Air Inlet
STAND
FANU FANUFANU
Dummy Panel
TRE1TRE2
(Sector 2)
ANC 1a b
1
ANC 2a b
12 2
On each ANC :
antenna.
The two bridges will be removedat installation time. (On site)One HP TRE transmitting per
Inlet
Panel
BATS(Option)
Empty space
The BTS has two sectors withrespectiviliy n and p TRE
Figure 49. MBI5 – 2x1...2 – High Power – TRDH – AC
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
114
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,pTRX1800–HP–AC [–BU u]
Equipment Choice Quantity TDR
Cabinet AC 1 MBIGSM*OO4+ G4CAB**OO1
SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3
TRE module GSM 1800 n + p G4MOD**OOJ+ G4MOD**OOF
ANC module GSM 1800 2 G4MOD**OO7
50 Ohms load for AN 8–n–p G3MOD**OOL
Battery Backup Unit(Option)
BU5 1 G4CAB**OO8
+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.
TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module GSM 1800 n’ + p’ G4MOD**OO3or G4MOD**OOE
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
115
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
6.13 MBI5 – 3x2 – High Power – TRDH – AC
ANC 1SUMA
ADAM
PM12
PM12
PM12
( Sector 1 )
Connection Area
Air
Dummy
Legend
FANUFANUFANU
TRE1TRE2
Air Inlet
FANU FANU FANU
ANC 2
Air Inlet
STAND
FANU FANUFANU
Dummy Panel
TRE1TRE2
(Sector 2)ANC 3
(Sector 3)
The BTS has 3 sectors with
ANC 1a b
1
ANC 2a b
12 2
ANC 3a b
1 2
On each ANC :
antenna.
The two bridges will be removedat installation time. (On site)One HP TRE transmitting per
Inlet
Panel
BATS(Option)
Empty space
TRE1TRE2 respectivily n, p and q TRE
Figure 50. MBI5 – 3x2 – High Power – TRDH – AC
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
116
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,p,qTRX1800–HP–AC [–BU u]
Equipment Choice Quantity TDR
Cabinet AC 1 MBIGSM*OO4+ G4CAB**OO1
SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3
TRE module GSM 1800 n + p + q G4MOD**OOJ+ G4MOD**OOF
ANC module GSM 1800 3 G4MOD**OO7
50 Ohms load for AN 12–n–p–q G3MOD**OOL
Battery Backup Unit(Option)
BU5 1 G4CAB**OO8
+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.
TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module GSM 1800 n’ + p’ + q’ G4MOD**OO3or G4MOD**OOE
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
117
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
6.14 MBI5 – 1x1...8 – High Power 24V DC
Empty space
Legend
The BTS has 1 sector with n TRE.
ANC 1a b
ANY 1 ANY 2
TRE 1 3 5 7 2 4 6 8
If more than 4 TRE, 2 ANY are required.Pre–equipment possible.
Up to 4 TRE, and if no ANY pre–equip.the TRE1 to TRE4 are directly connectedto the ANC.
Air Inlet
STANDAir Inlet
24V
Connection Area
FANU FANUFANU
FANUFANUFANU
TRE1TRE2TRE3TRE4
ANC 1ANYANY2 1
TRE5TRE6TRE7TRE8
SUMA
Air Inlet
Dummy Panel
24V
The ANC can be replaced by the ANBin case of less than 3 TRE
Figure 51. MBI5 – 1x1...8 – High Power 24V DC
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
118
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–nTRX900–HP–24V [–E+–PRE–ANB]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–nTRX1800–HP–24V [–E+–PRE–ANB]
Equipment Choice Quantity TDR
Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO3
Subrack 24V DC 1 MBIGSM*OO5+ MBIGSM*OO7
Converter 24V DC 2 MBIGSM*OO6
SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3
TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+
n [ G4MOD**OOTor G4MOD**OOCor G4MOD**OONor G4MOD**OOD ]+ G4MOD**OOF
ANB/ANC module GSM 900or GSM 1800
1 G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7
or if n 2:GSM 900
or GSM 1800
1G4MOD1*OOA
or G4MOD1*OOC
ANY module GSM 900or GSM 1800
0 If n 42 If n 4
or if PRE–eq.
[ G4MOD1*OOIor G4MOD1*OOJ ]+ 2 x G4MOD**OOF
50 Ohms load for AN 4–n If ANC and no ANY8–n If ANY
G3MOD**OOL
+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.
TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+
n’ [ G4MOD**OOTor G4MOD**OOCor G4MOD**OONor G4MOD**OOD ]+ G4MOD**OOF
ANC module GSM 900or GSM 1800
if (n+n’) > 2and no ANC on site: 1
G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7
ANY module GSM 850or GSM 900or GSM 1800or GSM 1900
If no ANY on site :2 If (n+n’) 4
[ G4MOD1*OOIor G4MOD1*OOJ ]+ 2 x G4MOD**OOF
50 Ohms load for AN If ANC added:4–(n+n’)
If 2 ANY added :8–(n+n’)
G3MOD**OOL
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
119
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
7 EXTENDED CELL CONFIGURATION – GSM 900
Extended cell configurations are based either on RX TMA use as shown in Figure 52.
By principle, extended cell configurations can be used for all configurations, where the required hardwarefits into the racks. The configurations on next pages are examples only.
For more information the reader will refer to document [12].
ANCA B
PD
U 1
TMA TMA
Sector 2
TRE 1 TRE 3
TRE 2
INNER CELL OUTER CELL
TRE 4 ANCA B
Sector 1
TRE 1 TRE 3TRE 2 TRE 4
DC
DCBias Tee
Bias Tee
Figure 52. Extended Cell configuration
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
120
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
Connection Area
Air Inlet
Dummy Panel
Legend
FANUFANUFANU
TRE1TRE2TRE3TRE4
Air Inlet
Empty space
TRE1TRE2TRE3TRE4
FANU FANU FANU
ANC 2
ÅÅÅÅÅÅ
Modules present onlyin AC configuration
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
STAND
FANU FANU
SUMA
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ADAM
PM12
PM12
PM12
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
BATS
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
BBU orSTASR
(Option)
(Option)
FANU
ANC 1a b
The BTS has 2 sectors withrespectively n and p TRE :– n TRE in the INNER cell,– p TRE in the OUTER cell.
INNER cell :
OUTER cell :( Sector 2 )OUTER CELL
TRE 1 3 2 4
ANC 1
( Sector 1 )INNER CELL
ANC 2a b
TRE 1 3 2 4
Figure 53. MBI5 – Extended Cell configuration based on RX TMA
MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,pTRX900–EXC–TMA [–E+–AC–BU u]
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
121
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
Equipment Choice Quantity TDR
Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO3
or AC 1 MBIGSM*OO4+ G4CAB**OO1
or AC with BU90
(Large BBU)
1 MBIGSM*OO4+ NBV2CABOO6
SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3
TRE module GSM 900 n + p G4MOD**OOA+ G4MOD**OOF
ANC module GSM 900 2 G4MOD**OO6
50 Ohms load for AN 8 – n – p G3MOD**OOL
+ In case of AC variant :
Battery Backup Unit(Option)
BU5or BU90
1 G4CAB**OO8or EXTBAT*OO4
+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.
TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module GSM 900 n’ + p’ G4MOD**OOA+ G4MOD**OOF
The RX TMA items (TMA, PDU, cables, ...) are not listed in the previous ordering table. For thatpurpose the reader will refer to document [3].
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
122
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
8 MULTIBAND CONFIGURATIONS – GSM 900/1800, 900/1900 AND 850/1900
Note : In the present chapter, following abbreviations are currently used:– MBD for Multiband BTS (900/1800, 900/1900 or 850/1900)– MBC for Multiband Cell (900/1800).
8.1 MBI3 – 1x1...4/1x1...4 MBD or 1x(...4/...4) MBC – DC
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
Connection Area
Air Inlet
STAND Empty space
Legend
FANU FANUFANU
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
FANU FANUFANUTRE1TRE2TRE1TRE2
ANC 1ANC 2( Sector 2 ) ( Sector 1 )
SUMA
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
TRE3TRE4TRE4 TRE3
FANU FANU FANUAir
The BTS has 2 sectors :
a bANC 1
TRE 1 3
a bANC 2
TRE 1 3Sector 1 Sector 2
– Sector 1 with n TRE, – Sector 2 with p TRE.
2 24 4
Multiband BTS :
Multiband Cell :
The BTS has only 1 sector with : – n TRE in GSM 900 band, – p TRE in GSM 1800
ANC1 and ANC2 are set to thesame sector number.
ÉÉÉÉÉÉ
Dummy Panel
Inlet
The ANCs can be replaced by ANBsin case of less than 3 TRE per sector
GSM 1800/1900
Figure 54. MBI3 – 1x1...4/1x1...4 MBD or 1x(...4/...4) MBC – DC
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
123
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI3–nTRX900/pTRX1800–MBD [–E+–ANB]BTS–9100–IND–MBI3–nTRX900/pTRX1900–MBDBTS–9100–IND–MBI3–nTRX900/pTRX1800–MBC [–E+–ANB]
Equipment Choice Quantity TDR
Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO1
SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3
TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+
n [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOK ]+ G4MOD**OOF
TRE module GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900
p [ G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ]+ G4MOD**OOF
ANB/ANC module GSM 900 1 G4MOD**OO6
or if n 2:GSM 900
1G4MOD1*OOA
ANB/ANC module GSM 1800or GSM 1900
1 G4MOD**OO7or G4MOD**OOS
or if p 2:GSM 1800
1G4MOD1*OOC
50 Ohms load for AN if ANC: 8 – n – p G3MOD**OOL
+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.
TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+
n’ [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOK ]+ G4MOD**OOF
TRE module GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900
p’ [ G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ]+ G4MOD**OOF
ANC module GSM 900 if (n+n’) > 2and no ANC on site: 1
G4MOD**OO6
ANC module GSM 1800 if (p+p’) > 2and no ANC on site: 1
G4MOD**OO7
50 Ohms load for AN If ANC added:8–(n+n’+p+p’)
G3MOD**OOL
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
124
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
8.2 MBI3 – 2x1...2/1x1...2 MBD – DC
Connection Area
Air Inlet
STAND
Empty space
Legend
FANU FANUFANU FANU FANUTRE1TRE2
ANC 1ANC 2( Sector 2 ) ( Sector 1 )
SUMA
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ANC 3( Sector 3 )
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
TRE1TRE2
FANU FANU FANU
TRE1TRE2
The BTS has 3 sectors :
a bANC 1
TRE 1 2
a bANC 2
TRE 1 2Sector 1 Sector 2
– Sector 1 with n TRE, – Sector 2 with p TRE, – Sector 3 with q TRE.
a bANC 3
TRE 1 2Sector 3
Dummy Panel
Air Inlet
ÉÉÉÉÉÉ
GSM 1900
Figure 55. MBI3 – 2x1...2/1x1...2 – DC
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
125
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI3–n,pTRX850/qTRX1900–MBD
Equipment Choice Quantity TDR
Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO1
SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3
TRE module GSM 850 n+p G850MODOOA+ G4MOD**OOF
TRE module GSM 1900 q G4MOD**OOR+ G4MOD**OOF
ANC module GSM 850 1 G850MODOO3
ANC module GSM 1900 1 G4MOD**OOS
50 Ohms load for AN 12 – n – p – q G3MOD**OOL
+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.
TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module GSM 850 n’ + p’ G850MODOOA+ G4MOD**OOF
TRE module GSM 1900 q’ G4MOD**OOR+ G4MOD**OOF
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
126
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
8.3 MBI5 – 1x1...6/1x1...6 MBD or 1x(...6/...6) MBC – DC or AC
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
Connection Area
Air Inlet
Dummy Panel
Air Inlet
STAND
Legend
FANU FANUFANU
Empty space
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ANC 1
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ANY1
TRE1TRE2TRE3TRE4
( Sector 1 )
TRE5TRE6
SUMA
FANU FANU FANU
ANC 2ANY
2 ( Sector 2 )
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
TRE1TRE2
TRE3TRE4TRE5TRE6
FANU FANU FANU
Air Inlet
The BTS has 2 sectors :
In each sector :If no more than 4 TRE, no ANY isrequired. TRE 1 to 4 are then cabledon ANC.
– Sector 1 with n TRE,– Sector 2 with p TRE.
ANC 1a b
TRE 1 3 24 5 6
ANY 1
ANC 2a b
24 5 6
ANY 2
Multiband BTS :
Multiband Cell :
The BTS has only 1 sector with : – p TRE in GSM 900 band, – n TRE in GSM 1800 band.
ANC1 and ANC2 are setto the same sector number.
TRE 1 3
ÉÉÉÉÉÉ
GSM 1800/1900
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ADAM
PM12
PM12
PM12
ÅÅÅÅÅÅ
Modules present onlyin AC configuration
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
BATS(Option)
Dummy Panel
The ANCs can be replaced by ANBsin case of less than 3 TRE per sector
Figure 56. MBI5 – 1x1...6/1x1...6 MBD or 1x(...6/...6) MBC – DC or AC
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
127
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
MNEMONICS: BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–pTRX900/nTRX1800–MBD [–E+–PRE66–AC–BU u–ANB]BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–pTRX900/nTRX1900–MBD [–PRE66–AC–BU u]BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–pTRX900/nTRX1800–MBC [–E+–PRE66–AC–BU u–ANB]
Equipment Choice Quantity TDR
Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO3
or AC 1 MBIGSM*OO4+ G4CAB**OO1
SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3
TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+
p [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOK ]+ G4MOD**OOF
TRE module GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE
n [ G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ]+ G4MOD**OOF
ANB/ANC module GSM 900 1 G4MOD**OO6
or if n 2:GSM 900
1G4MOD1*OOA
ANB/ANC module GSM 1800or GSM 1900
1 G4MOD**OO7or G4MOD ‘**OOS
or if p 2:GSM 1800
1G4MOD1*OOC
ANY module GSM 900 1 if (p4)or if PRE–eq.
G4MOD1*OOI+ 2 x G4MOD**OOF
ANY module GSM 1800or GSM 1900
1 if (n4)or if PRE–eq.
[ G4MOD1*OOJor G3MOD**OOQ]+ 2 x G4MOD**OOF
50 Ohms load for AN If ANC:Sector 1 :4–n if no ANY6–n if ANY
+ Sector 2 :4–p if no ANY6–p if ANY
G3MOD**OOL
+ In case of AC variant :
Battery Backup Unit(Option)
BU5 1 G4CAB**OO8
+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.
TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+
p’ [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOK ]+ G4MOD**OOF
TRE module GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE
n’ [ G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOR ]+ G4MOD**OOF
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
128
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
ANC module GSM 900 if (n+n’) > 2and no ANC on site: 1
G4MOD**OO6
ANC module GSM 1800 if (p+p’) > 2and no ANC on site: 1
G4MOD**OO7
ANY module GSM 900 If no ANY in sector 2 :1 if ( p+p’) 4
G4MOD1*OOI+ 2 x G4MOD**OOF
ANY module GSM 1800or GSM 1900
If no ANY in sector 1 :1 if ( n+n’) 4
[ G4MOD1*OOJor G4MOD**OOQ]+ 2 x G4MOD**OOF
50 Ohms load for AN Sector 1 :4–n–n’ if ANC add.+ Sector 2 :4–p–p’ if ANC add.+
Sector 1 :8–n–n’ if ANY add.
+ Sector 2 :8–p–p’ if ANY add.
G3MOD**OOL
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
129
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
8.4 MBI5 – 1x1...8/1x1...4 MBD or 1x(...8/...4) MBC – DC or AC
Connection Area
Air Inlet
Legend
FANU FANUFANU
Air Inlet
STAND
FANU FANUFANU
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
TRE1TRE2TRE3TRE4
ANC 1SUMA
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ADAM
PM12
PM12
PM12
ANC 2a b
ANY 1 ANY 2
TRE 1 3 5 7 2 4 6 8
ANC 1a b
The BTS has 2 sectors : – Sector 1 with n TRE,– Sector 2 with p TRE.
Multiband BTS :
In sector 2:If no more than 4 TRE, no ANY isrequired. TRE 1 to 4 are then cabledon ANC.
Multiband Cell :
The BTS has only 1 sector with : – n TRE in GSM 900 band, – p TRE in GSM 1800 band.
ANC1 and ANC2 are setto the same sector number.
1 3 2 4
Empty space
ÉÉÉGSM 1800/1900
ÅÅÅÅÅÅ
Modules present onlyin AC configuration
Dummy Panel
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
BATS(Option)
FANUFANUFANU
TRE1TRE2TRE3TRE4
ANC 2ANYANY2 1
TRE5TRE6TRE7TRE8
Air Inlet
Dummy Panel
( Sector 1 )
( Sector 2 )
The ANCs can be replaced by ANBsin case of less than 3 TRE per sector
Figure 57. MBI5 – 1x1...8/1x1...4 MBD or 1x(...8/...4) MBC – DC or AC
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
130
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
MNEMONICS: BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–nTRX900/pTRX1800–MBD [–E+–PRE84–AC–BU u–ANB]BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–nTRX900/pTRX1900–MBD [–PRE84–AC–BU u]BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–nTRX900/pTRX1800–MBC [–E+–PRE84–AC–BU u–ANB]
Equipment Choice Quantity TDR
Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO3
or AC 1 MBIGSM*OO4+ G4CAB**OO1
SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3
TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+
n [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOK ]+ G4MOD**OOF
TRE module GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE
p [ G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ]+ G4MOD**OOF
ANB/ANC module GSM 900 1 G4MOD**OO6
or if n 2:GSM 900
1G4MOD1*OOA
ANB/ANC module GSM 1800or GSM 1900
1 G4MOD**OO7or G4MOD**OOS
or if p 2:GSM 1800
1G4MOD1*OOC
ANY module GSM 900 If PRE–equipment : 2else :
1 if 4<n<=62 if n 6
G4MOD1*OOI+ 2 x G4MOD**OOF
50 Ohms load for AN If ANC:Sector 1 :4–n if no ANY8–n if ANY
+ Sector 2 :4–p
G3MOD**OOL
+ In case of AC variant :
Battery Backup Unit(Option)
BU5 1 G4CAB**OO8
+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.
TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+
n’ [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOK ]+ G4MOD**OOF
TRE module GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE
p’ [ G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ]+ G4MOD**OOF
ANC module GSM 900 if (n+n’) > 2and no ANC on site: 1
G4MOD**OO6
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
131
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
ANC module GSM 1800 if (p+p’) > 2and no ANC on site: 1
G4MOD**OO7
ANY module GSM 900 If no ANY in sector 1 :2 if ( n+n’) 4
G4MOD1*OOI+ 2 x G4MOD**OOF
50 Ohms load for AN If ANC added:8–(n+n’+p+p’)+
Sector 1 :8–n–n’ if ANY add.
G3MOD**OOL
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
132
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
8.5 MBI5 1x1...4/1x1...8 MBD or 1x(...4/...8) MBC – DC or AC
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
Connection Area
Air Inlet
Legend
FANU FANUFANU
Air Inlet
STAND
FANU FANUFANU
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
TRE1TRE2TRE3TRE4
ANC 1SUMA
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ADAM
PM12
PM12
PM12
ANC 2a b
ANY 1 ANY 2
TRE 1 3 5 7 2 4 6 8
ANC 1a b
The BTS has 2 sectors : – Sector 1 with n TRE,– Sector 2 with p TRE.
Multiband BTS :
In sector 1:If no more than 4 TRE, no ANY isrequired. TRE 1 to 4 are then cabledon ANC.
Multiband Cell :
The BTS has only 1 sector with : – n TRE in GSM 900 band, – p TRE in GSM 1800 band.
ANC1 and ANC2 are setto the same sector number.
1 3 2 4
Empty space
ÉÉÉÉÉÉ
GSM 1800/1900
ÅÅÅÅÅÅ
Modules present onlyin AC configuration
Dummy Panel
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
BATS(Option)
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
FANUFANUFANU
TRE1TRE2TRE3TRE4
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ANC 2ANYANY2 1
TRE5TRE6TRE7TRE8
Air Inlet
Dummy Panel
( Sector 2 )
( Sector 1 )
The ANCs can be replaced by ANBsin case of less than 3 TRE per sector
Figure 58. MBI5 – 1x1...4/1x1...8 MBD or 1x(...4/...8) MBC – DC or AC
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
133
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
MNEMONICS: BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–pTRX900/nTRX1800–MBD [–E+–PRE48–AC–BU u–ANB]BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–pTRX900/nTRX1900–MBD [–PRE48–AC–BU u]BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–pTRX900/nTRX1800–MBC [–E+–PRE48–AC–BU u–ANB]
Equipment Choice Quantity TDR
Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO3
or AC 1 MBIGSM*OO4+ G4CAB**OO1
SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3
TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+
p [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOK ]+ G4MOD**OOF
TRE module GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE
n [ G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ]+ G4MOD**OOF
ANC module GSM 900 1 G4MOD**OO6
ANC module GSM 1800or GSM 1900
1 G4MOD**OO7or G4MOD**OOS
ANB/ANC module GSM 900 1 G4MOD**OO6
or if n 2:GSM 900
1G4MOD1*OOA
ANB/ANC module GSM 1800or GSM 1900
1 G4MOD**OO7or G4MOD**OOS
or if p 2:GSM 1800
1G4MOD1*OOC
ANY module GSM 1800or GSM 1900
If PRE–equipment : 2else :
1 if 4<n<=62 if n 6
[ G4MOD1*OOJor G3MOD**OOQ]+ 2 x G4MOD**OOF
50 Ohms load for AN If ANC:Sector 1 :4–n if no ANY8–n if ANY
+ Sector 2 :4–p
G3MOD**OOL
+ In case of AC variant :
Battery Backup Unit(Option)
BU5 1 G4CAB**OO8
+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.
TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+
p’ [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOK ]+ G4MOD**OOF
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
134
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
TRE module GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE
n’ [ G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ]+ G4MOD**OOF
ANC module GSM 900 if (n+n’) > 2and no ANC on site: 1
G4MOD**OO6
ANC module GSM 1800 if (p+p’) > 2and no ANC on site: 1
G4MOD**OO7
ANY module GSM 1800or GSM 1900
If no ANY in sector 1 :2 if ( n+n’) 4
[ G4MOD1*OOJor G3MOD**OOQ]+ 2 x G4MOD**OOF
50 Ohms load for AN If ANC added:8–(n+n’+p+p’)+
Sector 1 :8–n–n’ if ANY add.
G3MOD**OOL
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
135
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
8.6 MBI5 – 1x3...8 LL/1x1...4 MBD – DC or AC
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
BATS(Option)
Connection Area
Air Inlet
STAND
Legend
FANU FANUFANU
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
FANUFANUFANU
TRE1TRE2TRE5TRE6
ANC 1
TRE3TRE4TRE1TRE2
Air Inlet
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
TRE7TRE8TRE3TRE4
FANU FANU FANU
ANC 2( Sector 1 )
( Sector 1 )
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ANC 3( Sector 2 )
The BTS has 2 sectors withrespectively n and p TRE.
The configuration is based on1x3...8 Low Loss configurationextended with a 1x4 sector.
ANC 1a b
TRE 1
ANC 2a b
TRE 3
ANC 3
a b
TRE 1 3
ANC1 and ANC2 are set tothe same sector number.
2 4
On ANC1 and ANC2 :In case of 1x3...4 LL/1x1...4 :
connected to them.
The two bridges will be removedat installation time (On site),if no more than 2 TREs are
5 2 6 7 4 8
SUMA
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ADAM
PM12
PM12
PM12
Empty space
ÉÉÉÉÉÉ
GSM 1800/1900
ÅÅÅÅÅÅ
Modules present onlyin AC configuration
Dummy Panel
Dummy Panel
Air Inlet
Figure 59. MBI5 – 1x3...8 LL/1x1...4 MBD – DC or AC
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
136
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–nTRX900–LL/pTRX1800–MBD [–E+–AC–BU u]BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–nTRX900–LL/pTRX1900–MBD [–AC–BU u]
Equipment Choice Quantity TDR
Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO3
or AC 1 MBIGSM*OO4+ G4CAB**OO1
SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3
TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+
n [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOK ]+ G4MOD**OOF
TRE module GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE
p [ G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ]+ G4MOD**OOF
ANC module GSM 900 2 G4MOD**OO6
ANC module GSM 1800or GSM 1900
1 G4MOD**OO7or H4MOD**OOS
50 Ohms load for AN 12–n–p G3MOD**OOL
+ In case of AC variant :
Battery Backup Unit(Option)
BU5 1 G4CAB**OO8
+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.
TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+
n’ [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOK ]+ G4MOD**OOF
TRE module GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900
p’ [ G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR]+ G4MOD**OOF
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
137
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
8.7 MBI5 – 1x1...4/2x1...4 MBD – DC or AC
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
Connection Area
Air Inlet
STAND
Legend
FANU FANUFANU
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
FANUFANUFANU
TRE1TRE2TRE3TRE4
ANC 1
TRE1TRE2TRE1TRE2
Air Inlet
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
TRE3TRE4TRE3TRE4
FANU FANU FANU
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ANC 2( Sector 2 )
( Sector 1 )
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ANC 3( Sector 3 )
The BTS has 3 sectors :
ANC 1a b
TRE 1 3 2 4
ANC 2a b
1 3 2 4
ANC 3a b
1 3 2 4
– Sector 1 with n TRE,– Sector 2 with p TRE,– Sector 3 with q TRE.
Multiband BTS :
SUMA
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ADAM
PM12
PM12
PM12
Empty space
ÉÉÉÉÉÉ
GSM 1800/1900
ÅÅÅÅÅÅ
Modules present onlyin AC configuration
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
BATS(Option)
Dummy Panel
Dummy Panel
Air Inlet
The ANCs can be replaced by ANBsin case of less than 3 TRE per sector
Figure 60. MBI5 – 1x1...4/2x1...4 MBD – DC or AC
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
138
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–nTRX900/p,qTRX1800–MBD [–E+–AC–BU u–ANB]BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–nTRX900/p,qTRX1900–MBD [–AC–BU u]
Equipment Choice Quantity TDR
Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO3
or AC 1 MBIGSM*OO4+ G4CAB**OO1
SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3
TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+
n [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOK ]+ G4MOD**OOF
TRE module GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE
p + q [ G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ]+ G4MOD**OOF
ANB/ANC module GSM 900 1 G4MOD**OO6
or if n 2:GSM 900
1G4MOD1*OOA
ANB/ANC module GSM 1800or GSM 1900
2 G4MOD**OO7or G4MOD**OOS
or if p+q 4:GSM 1800
2G4MOD1*OOC
50 Ohms load for AN If ANC: 12 – n – p – q G3MOD**OOL
+ In case of AC variant :
Battery Backup Unit(Option)
BU5 1 G4CAB**OO8
+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.
TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+
n’ [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOK ]+ G4MOD**OOF
TRE module GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE
p’ + q’ [ G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ]+ G4MOD**OOF
ANC module GSM 900 if (n+n’) > 2and no ANC on site: 1
G4MOD**OO6
ANC module GSM 1800 if (p+p’+q+q’) > 4and no ANC on site: 2
G4MOD**OO7
50 Ohms load for AN If ANC added:12–(n+n’+p+p’+q+q’)
G3MOD**OOL
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
139
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
8.8 MBI5 – 2x1...4/1x1...4 MBD – DC or AC
Connection Area
Air Inlet
STAND
Legend
FANU FANUFANU
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
FANUFANUFANU
TRE1TRE2TRE3TRE4
ANC 1
TRE1TRE2TRE1TRE2
Air Inlet
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
TRE3TRE4TRE3TRE4
FANU FANU FANU
ANC 2( Sector 2 )
( Sector 1 )
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ANC 3( Sector 3 )
The BTS has 3 sectors :
ANC 1a b
TRE 1 3 2 4
ANC 2a b
1 3 2 4
ANC 3a b
1 3 2 4
– Sector 1 with n TRE,– Sector 2 with p TRE,– Sector 3 with q TRE.
Multiband BTS :
SUMA
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ADAM
PM12
PM12
PM12
Empty space
ÉÉÉÉÉÉ
GSM 1800/1900
ÅÅÅÅÅÅ
Modules present onlyin AC configuration
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
BATS(Option)
Dummy Panel
Dummy Panel
Air Inlet
The ANCs can be replaced by ANBsin case of less than 3 TRE per sector
Figure 61. MBI5 – 2x1...4/1x1...4 MBD – DC or AC
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
140
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–p,qTRX900/nTRX1800–MBD [–E+–AC–BU u–ANB]BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–p,qTRX900/nTRX1900–MBD [–AC–BU u]
Equipment Choice Quantity TDR
Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO3
or AC 1 MBIGSM*OO4+ G4CAB**OO1
SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3
GSM 900 p + q G4MOD**OOA+ G4MOD**OOF
TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+
p + q [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOK ]+ G4MOD**OOF
TRE module GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE
n [ G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ]+ G4MOD**OOF
ANB/ANC module GSM 900 2 G4MOD**OO6
or if p+q 4:GSM 900
2G4MOD1*OOA
ANB/ANC module GSM 1800or GSM 1900
1 G4MOD**OO7G4MOD**OOS
or if n 2:GSM 1800
1G4MOD1*OOC
50 Ohms load for AN 12 – n – p – q G3MOD**OOL
+ In case of AC variant :
Battery Backup Unit(Option)
BU5 1 G4CAB**OO8
+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.
TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+
p + q [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOK ]+ G4MOD**OOF
TRE module GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE
n’ [ G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ]+ G4MOD**OOF
ANC module GSM 900 if (p+p’+q+q’) > 4and no ANC on site: 2
G4MOD**OO6
ANC module GSM 1800 if n > 2and no ANC on site: 1
G4MOD**OO7
50 Ohms load for AN If ANC added:12–(n+n’+p+p’+q+q’)
G3MOD**OOL
All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of thisdocument, use and communication of its contents
not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.
ED
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 – ALICE 04.10
141
08
/
3BK
15015 CB
AA
PW
ZZ
A
195
195
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
142
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
8.9 MBI5 – 1x1...4/...4,...2,...2 MBD – DC
Connection Area
Air Inlet
STAND
Legend
FANU FANUFANU
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
FANUFANUFANU
TRE1TRE2TRE1TRE2
ANC 1
TRE1TRE2TRE1TRE2
SUMA
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
TRE3TRE4TRE3TRE4
FANU FANU FANU
ANC 2( Sector 2 )
( Sector 1 )
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ANC 3( Sector 3 )
Empty space.
ÉÉÉÉÉÉGSM 1800/1900
Multiband BTS :
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ANC 4( Sector 4 )
ANC 1
a b
TRE 1
ANC 2
a b
TRE 1
ANC 3a b
ANC 4a b
The BTS has 4 sectors withrespectively n, p, q and r TRE.
2 23 4
TRE 1 23 4 TRE 1 2
Dummy Panel
Dummy Panel
Air Inlet
Air Inlet
The ANCs can be replaced by ANBsin case of less than 3 TRE per sector
Figure 62. MBI5 – 1x1...4/...4,...2,...2 MBD – DC
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
143
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–pTRX900/q,n,rTRX1800–MBD [–E+–ANB]BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–pTRX900/q,n,rTRX1900–MBD
Equipment Choice Quantity TDR
Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO3
SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3
TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+
p [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOK ]+ G4MOD**OOF
TRE module GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE
n + q + r [ G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ]+ G4MOD**OOF
ANB/ANC module GSM 900 1 G4MOD**OO1
or if p 2:GSM 900
1G4MOD1*OOB
ANB/ANC module GSM 1800or GSM 1900
3 G4MOD**OO7or G4MOD**OOS
or if q 2:GSM 1800
3G4MOD1*OOC
50 Ohms load for AN If ANC:16 – n – p – q – r
G3MOD**OOL
+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.
TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+
p’ [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOK ]+ G4MOD**OOF
TRE module GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE
n’ + q’ + r’ [ G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ]+ G4MOD**OOF
ANC module GSM 900 if (p+p’) > 2and no ANC on site: 1
G4MOD**OO6
ANC module GSM 1800 if (q+q’) > 2and no ANC on site: 2
G4MOD**OO7
50 Ohms load for AN If ANC added:16–(n+n’+q+q’+r+r’)
G3MOD**OOL
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
144
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
8.10 MBI5 – ...4,...2,...2/1x1...4 MBD – DC
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
Connection Area
Air Inlet
STAND
Legend
FANU FANUFANU
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
FANUFANUFANU
TRE1TRE2TRE1TRE2
ANC 1
TRE1TRE2TRE1TRE2
SUMA
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
TRE3TRE4TRE3TRE4
FANU FANU FANU
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ANC 2( Sector 2 )
( Sector 1 )
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ANC 3( Sector 3 )
Empty space.
ÉÉÉÉÉÉGSM 1800/1900
Multiband BTS :
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ANC 4( Sector 4 )
ANC 1
a b
TRE 1
ANC 2
a b
TRE 1
ANC 3a b
ANC 4a b
The BTS has 4 sectors withrespectively n, p, q and r TRE.
2 23 4
TRE 1 23 4 TRE 1 2
Dummy Panel
Dummy Panel
Air Inlet
Air Inlet
The ANCs can be replaced by ANBsin case of less than 3 TRE per sector
Figure 63. MBI5 – ...4,...2,...2/1x1...4 MBD – DC
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
145
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–q,n,rTRX900/pTRX1800–MBD [–E+–ANB]BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–q,n,rTRX900/pTRX1900–MBD
Equipment Choice Quantity TDR
Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO3
SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3
TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+
n + q + r [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOK ]+ G4MOD**OOF
TRE module GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE
p [ G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ]+ G4MOD**OOF
ANB/ANC module GSM 900 3 G4MOD**OO6
or if (q+n+r) 6:GSM 900
3G4MOD1*OOA
ANB/ANC module GSM 1800or GSM 1900
1 G4MOD**OO2or G4MOD**OOQ
or if p 2:GSM 1800
1G4MOD1*OOD
50 Ohms load for AN If ANC: 16 – (n+p+q+r) G3MOD**OOL
+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.
TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+
n’ + q’ + r’ [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOK ]+ G4MOD**OOF
TRE module GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE
p’ [ G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ]+ G4MOD**OOF
ANC module GSM 900 if (q+q’+n+n’+r+r’) > 6and no ANCs on site: 3
G4MOD**OO6
ANC module GSM 1800 if (p+p’) > 2and no ANCs on site: 1
G4MOD**OO2
50 Ohms load for AN If ANCs added:16–
(n+n’+p+p+q+q’+r+r’)
G3MOD**OOL
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
146
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
8.11 MBI5 – 2x1...4/2x1...2 MBD or 2x(...4/...2) MBC – DC
For ordering rules, refer to section 8.13.
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
Connection Area
Air Inlet
STAND
Legend
FANU FANUFANU
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
FANUFANU
TRE1TRE2TRE1TRE2
ANC 1
TRE3TRE4TRE3
SUMA
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
TRE1TRE2TRE1TRE2
FANU FANU FANU
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ANC 2( Sector 2 )
( Sector 1 )
ANC 3( Sector 3 )
Empty space.
ÉÉÉÉÉÉ
GSM 1800/1900
Multiband BTS :
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ANC 4( Sector 4 )
ANC 3a b
TRE 1
ANC 1
a b
TRE 1
ANC 4a b
ANC 2
a b
The BTS has 4 sectors withrespectively n, p, q and r TRE.
2
23 4
TRE 1 23 4
TRE 1 2
TRE4
FANU FANU
Multiband Cell :The BTS has 2 sectors :Sector 1 : – n TRE in GSM 900 band,
ANC1 and ANC2 are setto the same sector number.
– p TRE in GSM 1800 band.
Sector 2 : – q TRE in GSM 1800 band,
ANC3 and ANC4 are setto the same sector number.
– r TRE in GSM 900 band.
Dummy Panel
Dummy Panel
Air Inlet
Air Inlet
The ANCs can be replaced by ANBsin case of less than 3 TRE per sector
Figure 64. MBI5 – 2x1...4/2x1...2 MBD or 2x(...4/...2) MBC – DC
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
147
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
8.12 MBI5 – 2x1...2/2x1...4 MBD or 2x(...2/...4) MBC – DC
For ordering rules, refer to section 8.13.
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
Connection Area
Air Inlet
STAND
Legend
FANU FANUFANU
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
FANUFANUFANU
TRE1TRE2TRE1TRE2
ANC 1
TRE3TRE4TRE3TRE4
SUMA
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
TRE1TRE2TRE1TRE2
FANU FANU FANU
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ANC 2( Sector 2 )
( Sector 1 )
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ANC 3( Sector 3 )
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ANC 4( Sector 4 )
Empty space.
ÉÉÉÉÉÉ
GSM 1800/1900
Multiband BTS :
ANC 4a b
TRE 1
ANC 2a b
TRE 1
ANC 3a b
ANC 1a b
The BTS has 4 sectors withrespectively n, p, q and r TRE.
2
23 4
TRE 1 23 4
TRE 1 2
Multiband Cell :The BTS has 2 sectors :Sector 1 : – n TRE in GSM 900 band,
ANC1 and ANC2 are setto the same sector number.
– p TRE in GSM 1800 band.
Sector 2 : – q TRE in GSM 1800 band,
ANC3 and ANC4 are setto the same sector number.
– r TRE in GSM 900 band.
Dummy Panel
Dummy Panel
Air Inlet
Air Inlet
The ANCs can be replaced by ANBsin case of less than 3 TRE per sector
Figure 65. MBI5 – 2x1...2/2x1...4 MBD or 2x(...2/...4) MBC – DC
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
148
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
8.13 MBI5 – 1x(...2/...2), 1x(...4/...4) MBC – DC
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
Connection Area
Air Inlet
STAND
Legend
FANU FANUFANU
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
FANUFANU
TRE1TRE2TRE1TRE2
ANC 1
TRE3TRE4
TRE3
SUMA
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
TRE1TRE2TRE1TRE2
FANU FANU FANU
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ANC 2( Sector 2 )
( Sector 1 )
ANC 3( Sector 1 )
Empty space.
ÉÉÉÉÉÉ
GSM 1800
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ANC 4( Sector 2 )
ANC 1a b
TRE 1
ANC 2a b
TRE 1
ANC 4a b
ANC 3a b
2
23 4 TRE 1 23 4
TRE 1 2
TRE4
FANU FANU
Multiband Cell :
The BTS has 2 sectors :
Sector 1 : – n TRE in GSM 900 band,
ANC1 and ANC3 are setto the same sector number.
– p TRE in GSM 1800 band.Sector 2 :
– q TRE in GSM 1800 band.
ANC2 and ANC4 are setto the same sector number.
– r TRE in GSM 900 band.
Dummy Panel
Dummy Panel
Air Inlet
Air Inlet
The ANCs can be replaced by ANBsin case of less than 3 TRE per sector
Figure 66. MBI5 – 1x(...2/...2), 1x(...4/...4) MBC – DC
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
149
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,rTRX900/p,qTRX1800–MBD [–E+]BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,rTRX900/p,qTRX1900–MBDBTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,rTRX900/p,qTRX1800–MBC [–E+]
Equipment Choice Quantity TDR
Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO3
SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3
TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+
n + r [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOK ]+ G4MOD**OOF
TRE module GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE
p + q [ G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ]+ G4MOD**OOF
ANB/ANC module GSM 900 2 G4MOD**OO6
or if (n +r) 4:GSM 900
2G4MOD1*OOA
ANB/ANC module GSM 1800or GSM 1900
1+ 1
[ G4MOD**OO7+ G4MOD**OOS]+ G4MOD**OO2
or if (p+q) 4:GSM 1800
1+ 1
G4MOD1*OOC+ G4MOD1*OODGSM 1800
+ 1 + G4MOD1*OOD
50 Ohms load for AN If ANC:16 – n – p – q – r
G3MOD**OOL
+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.
TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+
n’ + r’ [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOK ]+ G4MOD**OOF
TRE module GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE
p’ + q’ [ G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ]+ G4MOD**OOF
ANC module GSM 900 if (n+n’+r+r’) > 4and no ANC on site: 2
G4MOD**OO6
ANC module GSM 1800 if (p+p’+q+q’) > 4and no ANC on site: 1+ 1
G4MOD**OO7+ G4MOD**OO2
50 Ohms load for AN If ANC added:16
–(n+n’+p+p’+q+q’+r+r’)
G3MOD**OOL
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
150
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
8.14 MBI5 – 3x1/3x1...2 MBD or 3x(1/...2) MBC DC
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
Connection Area
Air Inlet
STAND
Legend
FANU FANUFANU
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
FANUFANUFANU
TRE1
ANC 1
TRE1TRE2
SUMA
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
TRE2
TRE1
FANU FANU FANU
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ANC 6
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ANC 3
Empty space.
ÉÉÉÉÉÉ
GSM 1800
ANC 2a b
TRE 1
ANC 1a b
The BTS has 6 sectors withrespectively one or two TRE
TRE 1
Dummy Panel
Dummy Panel
Air Inlet
Air Inlet
The ANCs can be replaced by ANBsalso
a b
TRE 1
ANC 3a b
TRE 1
ANC 4
ANC 6a b
TRE 1
ANC 5a b
TRE 1
ANC 4
TRE1
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ANC 5
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
TRE1TRE2
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ANC 2
TRE1
2
2 2
(Sector 1)(Sector 2)(Sector 3)
(Sector 4)(Sector 5)(Sector 6)
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
TRE1
TRE1
Multiband Cell :
The BTS has 3 sectors with each
Sector 1:ANC1 and ANC4 are setto the same sector number.
Sector 2:ANC2 and ANC5 are setto the same sector number.Sector 3:ANC3 and ANC6 are setto the same sector number.
Multiband BTS :
– 1 TRE in GSM900 band and– n, q, t TRE in GSM1800 band
sector s sector r
sector p
sector q
sector n
sector t
Figure 67. MBI5 – 3x1/3x2 HP MBD DC
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
151
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–1,1,1TRX900–/n,q,tTRX1800––MBD DC [–E+]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–1,1,1TRX900–/n,q,tTRX1900––MBD DCor BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–1,1,1TRX900–/n,q,tTRX1800––MBC DC [–E+]
Equipment Choice Quantity TDR
Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO3
SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3
TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+
3 [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOK ]+ G4MOD**OOF
TRE module GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE
n+q+t [ G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ]+ G4MOD**OOF
ANB/ANC module GSM 900 3 G4MOD**OO6
or:GSM 900
3G4MOD1*OOA
ANB/ANC module GSM 1800or GSM 1900
3 G4MOD**OO2or G4MOD**OOQ
or:GSM 1800 3 G4MOD**OOD
50 Ohms load for AN If ANC:21 – n – q – t
G3MOD**OOL
+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.
TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE
n’ + q’ + t’ [ G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ]+ G4MOD**OOF
ANC module GSM 1800 3 G4MOD**OO7+ G4MOD**OO2
50 Ohms load for AN 6 G3MOD**OOL
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
152
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
8.15 MBI5 – 3x2/3x1 MBD or 3x(2/1) MBC DC
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
Connection Area
Air Inlet
STAND
Legend
FANU FANUFANU
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
FANUFANUFANU
TRE1
ANC 1
TRE1TRE2
SUMA
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
TRE2
TRE1
FANU FANU FANU
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ANC 6
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ANC 3
Empty space.
ÉÉÉÉÉÉ
GSM 900
Dummy Panel
Dummy Panel
Air Inlet
Air Inlet
The ANCs can be replaced by ANBsalso
ANC 4
TRE1
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ANC 5
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
TRE1TRE2
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ANC 2
TRE1
(Sector 1)(Sector 2)(Sector 3)
(Sector 4)(Sector 5)(Sector 6)
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
TRE1
TRE1
The BTS has 6 sectors withrespectively one or two TRE
Multiband Cell :
The BTS has 3 sectors with each
Sector 1:
ANC1 and ANC4 are setto the same sector number.
Sector 2:ANC2 and ANC5 are setto the same sector number.
Sector 3:ANC3 and ANC6 are setto the same sector number.
Multiband BTS :
– n, q, t TRE in GSM900 band and– 1 TRE in GSM1800 band
ANC 2
a b
TRE 1
ANC 1
a b
TRE 1
a b
TRE 1
ANC 3a b
TRE 1
ANC 4
ANC 6a b
TRE 1
ANC 5a b
TRE 1
2
2 2
sector s sector r
sector p
sector q
sector n
sector t
Figure 68. MBI5 – 3x2/3x1 HP MBD DC
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
153
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,q,tTRX900–/1,1,1TRX1800–MBD DC [–E+]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,q,tTRX900–/1,1,1TRX1900–MBD DCor BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,q,tTRX900–/1,1,1TRX1800–MBC DC [–E+]
Equipment Choice Quantity TDR
Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO3
SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3
TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+
n+q+t [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOK ]+ G4MOD**OOF
TRE module GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE
3 [ G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ]+ G4MOD**OOF
ANB/ANC module GSM 900 3 G4MOD**OO6
or:GSM 900
3G4MOD1*OOA
ANB/ANC module GSM 1800or GSM 1900
3 G4MOD**OO2or G4MOD**OOQ
or:GSM 1800 3 G4MOD**OOD
50 Ohms load for AN If ANC:21 – n – q – t
G3MOD**OOL
+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.
TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+
n’ + q’ + t’ [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOK ]+ G4MOD**OOF
ANC module GSM 900 3 G4MOD**OO6+ G4MOD**OO2
50 Ohms load for AN 6 G3MOD**OOL
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
154
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
9 HIGH POWER MULTIBAND CONFIGURATIONS
9.1 MBI5 – 1x1...6/1x1...6 HP MBD or 1x(...6/...6) HP MBC – DC
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
Connection Area
Air Inlet
Dummy Panel
Air Inlet
STAND
Legend
FANU FANUFANU
Empty space
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ANC 1
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ANY1
TRE1TRE2TRE3TRE4
( Sector 1 )
TRE5TRE6
SUMA
FANU FANU FANU
ANC 2ANY
2 ( Sector 2 )
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
TRE1TRE2
TRE3TRE4TRE5TRE6
FANU FANU FANU
Air Inlet
The BTS has 2 sectors :
In each sector :If no more than 4 TRE, no ANY isrequired. TRE 1 to 4 are then cabledon ANC.
– Sector 1 with n TRE,– Sector 2 with p TRE.
ANC 1a b
TRE 1 3 24 5 6
ANY 1
ANC 2a b
24 5 6
ANY 2
Multiband BTS :
Multiband Cell :
The BTS has only 1 sector with : – p TRE in GSM 900 band, – n TRE in GSM 1800 band.
ANC1 and ANC2 are setto the same sector number.
TRE 1 3
ÉÉÉÉÉÉ
GSM 1800
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ADAM
PM12
PM12
PM12
Dummy PanelThe ANCs can be replaced by ANBsin case of less than 3 TRE per sector
Temperature restriction:
In case of more than 9 TRE (in summary)limitation to +40 degrees C
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
155
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
Figure 69. MBI5 – 1x1...6/1x1...6 HP MBD or 1x(...6/...6) HP MBC – DC
MNEMONICS: BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–pTRX900–HP/nTRX1800–HP–MBD [–E+–PRE66–ANB]BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–pTRX900–HP/nTRX1800–HP–MBC [–E+–PRE66–ANB]
Equipment Choice Quantity TDR
Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO3
SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3
TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+
p [ G4MOD**OOTor G4MOD**OOC](1)+ G4MOD**OOF
TRE module GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+
n [ G4MOD**OONor G4MOD**OOD](1)+ G4MOD**OOF
ANB/ANC module GSM 900 1 G4MOD**OO6
or if n 2:GSM 900
1G4MOD1*OOA
ANB/ANC module GSM 1800 1 G4MOD**OO7
or if p 2:GSM 1800
1G4MOD1*OOC
ANY module GSM 900 1 if (p4)or if PRE–eq.
G4MOD1*OOI+ 2 x G4MOD**OOF
ANY module GSM 1800 1 if (n4)or if PRE–eq.
G4MOD1*OOJ+ 2 x G4MOD**OOF
50 Ohms load for AN If ANC:Sector 1 :4–n if no ANY8–n if ANY
+ Sector 2 :4–p if no ANY8–p if ANY
G3MOD**OOL
+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.
TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+
p’ [ G4MOD**OOTor G4MOD**OOC](1)+ G4MOD**OOF
TRE module GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+
n’ [ G4MOD**OONor G4MOD**OOD](1)+ G4MOD**OOF
ANC module GSM 900 if (n+n’) > 2and no ANC on site: 1
G4MOD**OO6
ANC module GSM 1800 if (p+p’) > 2and no ANC on site: 1
G4MOD**OO7
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
156
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
ANY module GSM 900 If no ANY in sector 2 :1 if ( p+p’) 4
G4MOD1*OOI+ 2 x G4MOD**OOF
ANY module GSM 1800 If no ANY in sector 1 :1 if ( n+n’) 4
G4MOD1*OJ+ 2 x G4MOD**OOF
50 Ohms load for AN Sector 1 :4–n–n’ if ANC add.+ Sector 2 :4–p–p’ if ANC add.+
Sector 1 :8–n–n’ if ANY add.
+ Sector 2 :8–p–p’ if ANY add.
G3MOD**OOL
(1) In case of more than 9 TRE (in summary) temperature restriction to +40°C . (Refer to § 2.4)
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
157
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
9.2 MBI5 – 1x1...8/1x1...4 HP MBD or 1x(...8/...4) HP MBC – DC
Connection Area
Air Inlet
Legend
FANU FANUFANU
Air Inlet
STAND
FANU FANUFANU
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
TRE1TRE2TRE3TRE4
ANC 1SUMA
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ADAM
PM12
PM12
PM12
ANC 2a b
ANY 1 ANY 2
TRE 1 3 5 7 2 4 6 8
ANC 1a b
The BTS has 2 sectors : – Sector 1 with n TRE,– Sector 2 with p TRE.
Multiband BTS :
In sector 2:If no more than 4 TRE, no ANY isrequired. TRE 1 to 4 are then cabledon ANC.
Multiband Cell :
The BTS has only 1 sector with : – n TRE in GSM 900 band, – p TRE in GSM 1800 band.
ANC1 and ANC2 are setto the same sector number.
1 3 2 4
Empty space
ÉÉÉÉÉÉ
GSM 1800
Dummy Panel
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
BATS(Option)
FANUFANUFANU
TRE1TRE2TRE3TRE4
ANC 2ANYANY2 1
TRE5TRE6TRE7TRE8
Air Inlet
Dummy Panel
( Sector 1 )
( Sector 2 )
The ANCs can be replaced by ANBsin case of less than 3 TRE per sector
Temperature restriction:
In case of more than 9 TRE (in summary)limitation to +40 degrees C
Figure 70. MBI5 – 1x1...8/1x1...4 HP MBD or 1x(...8/...4) HP MBC – DC
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
158
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
MNEMONICS: BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–nTRX900–HP/pTRX1800–MBD–HP [–E+–PRE84–ANB]BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–nTRX900–HP/pTRX1800–MBC–HP [–E+–PRE84–ANB]
Equipment Choice Quantity TDR
Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO3
SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3
TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+
n [ G4MOD**OOTor G4MOD**OOC](1)+ G4MOD**OOF
TRE module GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+
p [ G4MOD**OONor G4MOD**OOD](1)+ G4MOD**OOF
ANB/ANC module GSM 900 1 G4MOD**OO6
or if n 2:GSM 900
1G4MOD1*OOA
ANB/ANC module GSM 1800 1 G4MOD**OO7
or if p 2:GSM 1800
1G4MOD1*OOC
ANY module GSM 900 If PRE–equipment : 2else :
1 if 4<n<=62 if n 6
G4MOD1*OOI+ 2 x G4MOD**OOF
50 Ohms load for AN If ANC:Sector 1 :4–n if no ANY8–n if ANY
+ Sector 2 :4–p
G3MOD**OOL
+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.
TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+
n’ [ G4MOD**OOTor G4MOD**OOC](1)+ G4MOD**OOF
TRE module GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+
p’ [ G4MOD**OONor G4MOD**OOD](1)+ G4MOD**OOF
ANC module GSM 900 if (n+n’) > 2and no ANC on site: 1
G4MOD**OO6
ANC module GSM 1800 if (p+p’) > 2and no ANC on site: 1
G4MOD**OO7
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
159
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
ANY module GSM 900 If no ANY in sector 1 :2 if ( n+n’) 4
G4MOD1*OOI+ 2 x G4MOD**OOF
50 Ohms load for AN If ANC added:8–(n+n’+p+p’)+
Sector 1 :8–n–n’ if ANY add.
G3MOD**OOL
(1) In case of more than 9 TRE (in summary) temperature restriction to +40°C . (Refer to § 2.4)
9.3 MBI5 1x1...4/1x1...8 HP MBD or 1x(...4/...8) HP MBC – DC
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
160
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
Connection Area
Air Inlet
Legend
FANU FANUFANU
Air Inlet
STAND
FANU FANUFANU
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
TRE1TRE2TRE3TRE4
ANC 1SUMA
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ADAM
PM12
PM12
PM12
ANC 2
a b
ANY 1 ANY 2
TRE 1 3 5 7 2 4 6 8
ANC 1
a b
The BTS has 2 sectors : – Sector 1 with n TRE,– Sector 2 with p TRE.
Multiband BTS :
In sector 1:If no more than 4 TRE, no ANY isrequired. TRE 1 to 4 are then cabledon ANC.
Multiband Cell :
The BTS has only 1 sector with : – n TRE in GSM 900 band, – p TRE in GSM 1800 band.
ANC1 and ANC2 are setto the same sector number.
1 3 2 4
Empty space
ÉÉÉÉÉÉ
GSM 1800
Dummy Panel
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
BATS(Option)
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
FANUFANUFANU
TRE1TRE2TRE3TRE4
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ANC 2ANYANY2 1
TRE5TRE6TRE7TRE8
Air Inlet
Dummy Panel
( Sector 2 )
( Sector 1 )
The ANCs can be replaced by ANBsin case of less than 3 TRE per sector
Temperature restriction:
In case of more than 9 TRE (in summary)limitation to +40 degrees C
Figure 71. MBI5 – 1x1...4/1x1...8 HP MBD or 1x(...4/...8) HP MBC – DC
MNEMONICS: BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–pTRX900–HP/nTRX1800–MBD–HP [–PRE48–ANB]BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–pTRX900–HP/nTRX1800–MBC–HP [–PRE48–ANB]
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
161
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
Equipment Choice Quantity TDR
Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO3
SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3
TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+
p [ G4MOD**OOTor G4MOD**OOC](1)+ G4MOD**OOF
TRE module GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+
n [ G4MOD**OONor G4MOD**OOD](1)+ G4MOD**OOF
ANC module GSM 900 1 G4MOD**OO6
ANC module GSM 1800 1 G4MOD**OO7
ANB/ANC module GSM 900 1 G4MOD**OO6
or if n 2:GSM 900
1G4MOD1*OOA
ANB/ANC module GSM 1800 1 G4MOD**OO7
or if p 2:GSM 1800
1G4MOD1*OOC
ANY module GSM 1800 If PRE–equipment : 2else :
1 if 4<n<=62 if n 6
G4MOD1*OOI+ 2 x G4MOD**OOF
50 Ohms load for AN If ANC:Sector 1 :4–n if no ANY8–n if ANY
+ Sector 2 :4–p
G3MOD**OOL
+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.
TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+
p’ [ G4MOD**OOTor G4MOD**OOC](1)+ G4MOD**OOF
TRE module GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+
n’ [ G4MOD**OONor G4MOD**OOD](1)+ G4MOD**OOF
ANC module GSM 900 if (n+n’) > 2and no ANC on site: 1
G4MOD**OO6
ANC module GSM 1800 if (p+p’) > 2and no ANC on site: 1
G4MOD**OO6
ANY module GSM 1800 If no ANY in sector 1 :2 if ( n+n’) 4
G4MOD1*OOJ+ 2 x G4MOD**OOF
50 Ohms load for AN If ANC added:8–(n+n’+p+p’)+ Sector 1 :8–n–n’ if ANY add.
G3MOD**OOL
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
162
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
(1) In case of more than 9 TRE (in summary) temperature restriction to +40°C . (Refer to § 2.4)
9.4 MBI5 – 1x3...8 LL/1x1...4 HP MBD – DC
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
163
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
Connection Area
Air Inlet
STAND
Legend
FANU FANUFANU
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ FANUFANUFANU
TRE1TRE2TRE5TRE6
ANC 1
TRE3TRE4TRE1TRE2
Air Inlet
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
TRE7TRE8TRE3TRE4
FANU FANU FANU
ANC 2( Sector 1 )
( Sector 1 )
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ANC 3( Sector 2 )
The BTS has 2 sectors withrespectively n and p TRE.
The configuration is based on1x3...8 Low Loss configurationextended with a 1x4 sector.
ANC 1a b
TRE 1
ANC 2a b
TRE 3
ANC 3a b
TRE 1 3
ANC1 and ANC2 are set tothe same sector number.
2 4
On ANC1 and ANC2 :In case of 1x3...4 LL/1x1...4 :
connected to them.
The two bridges will be removedat installation time (On site),if no more than 2 TREs are
5 2 6 7 4 8
SUMA
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ADAM
PM12
PM12
PM12
Empty space
ÉÉÉÉÉÉGSM 1800
Dummy Panel
Dummy Panel
Air Inlet
Temperature restriction:
In case of more than 9 TRE (in summary)limitation to +40 degrees C
Figure 72. MBI5 – 1x3...8 LL/1x1...4 MBD – DC
MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–nTRX900–LL/pTRX1800–MBD [–E+]BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–nTRX900–LL/pTRX1900–MBD
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
164
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
Equipment Choice Quantity TDR
Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO3
SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3
TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+
n [ G4MOD**OOTor G4MOD**OOC](1)+ G4MOD**OOF
TRE module GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+
p [ G4MOD**OONor G4MOD**OOD](1)+ G4MOD**OOF
ANC module GSM 900 2 G4MOD**OO6
ANC module GSM 1800 1 G4MOD**OO7or H4MOD**OOS
50 Ohms load for AN 12–n–p G3MOD**OOL
+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.
TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+
n’ [ G4MOD**OOTor G4MOD**OOC](1)+ G4MOD**OOF
TRE module GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+
p’ [ G4MOD**OONor G4MOD**OOD](1)+ G4MOD**OOF
(1) In case of more than 9 TRE (in summary) temperature restriction to +40°C . (Refer to § 2.4)
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
165
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
9.5 MBI5 – 1x1...4/2x1...4 HP MBD – DC
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
Connection Area
Air Inlet
STAND
Legend
FANU FANUFANU
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
FANUFANUFANU
TRE1TRE2TRE3TRE4
ANC 1
TRE1TRE2TRE1TRE2
Air Inlet
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
TRE3TRE4TRE3TRE4
FANU FANU FANU
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ANC 2( Sector 2 )
( Sector 1 )
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ANC 3( Sector 3 )
The BTS has 3 sectors :
ANC 1a b
TRE
1 3 2 4
ANC 2a b
1 3 2 4
ANC 3a b
1 3 2 4
– Sector 1 with n TRE,– Sector 2 with p TRE,– Sector 3 with q TRE.
Multiband BTS :
SUMA
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ADAM
PM12
PM12
PM12
Empty space
ÉÉÉÉÉÉ
GSM 1800
Dummy Panel
Dummy Panel
Air Inlet
The ANCs can be replaced by ANBsin case of less than 3 TRE per sector
Temperature restriction:
In case of more than 9 TRE (in summary)limitation to +40 degrees C
Figure 73. MBI5 – 1x1...4/2x1...4 HP MBD – DC
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
166
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–nTRX900–HP/p,qTRX1800–MBD–HP [–E+–ANB]
Equipment Choice Quantity TDR
Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO3
SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3
TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+
n [ G4MOD**OOTor G4MOD**OOC](1)+ G4MOD**OOF
TRE module GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+
p + q [ G4MOD**OONor G4MOD**OOD](1)+ G4MOD**OOF
ANB/ANC module GSM 900 1 G4MOD**OO6
or if n 2:GSM 900
1G4MOD1*OOA
ANB/ANC module GSM 1800 2 G4MOD**OO7
or if p+q 4:GSM 1800
2G4MOD1*OOC
50 Ohms load for AN If ANC: 12 – n – p – q G3MOD**OOL
+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.
TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+
n’ [ G4MOD**OOTor G4MOD**OOC](1)+ G4MOD**OOF
TRE module GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+
p’ + q’ [ G4MOD**OONor G4MOD**OOD](1)+ G4MOD**OOF
ANC module GSM 900 if (n+n’) > 2and no ANC on site: 1
G4MOD**OO6
ANC module GSM 1800 if (p+p’+q+q’) > 4and no ANC on site: 2
G4MOD**OO7
50 Ohms load for AN If ANC added:12–(n+n’+p+p’+q+q’)
G3MOD**OOL
(1) In case of more than 9 TRE (in summary) temperature restriction to +40°C . (Refer to § 2.4)
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
167
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
9.6 MBI5 – 2x1...4/1x1...4 HP MBD – DC
Connection Area
Air Inlet
STAND
Legend
FANU FANUFANU
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
FANUFANUFANU
TRE1TRE2TRE3TRE4
ANC 1
TRE1TRE2TRE1TRE2
Air Inlet
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
TRE3TRE4TRE3TRE4
FANU FANU FANU
ANC 2( Sector 2 )
( Sector 1 )
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ANC 3( Sector 3 )
The BTS has 3 sectors :
ANC 1
a b
TRE 1 3 2 4
ANC 2
a b
1 3 2 4
ANC 3
a b
1 3 2 4
– Sector 1 with n TRE,– Sector 2 with p TRE,– Sector 3 with q TRE.
Multiband BTS :
SUMA
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ADAM
PM12
PM12
PM12
Empty space
ÉÉÉÉÉÉ
GSM 1800
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
BATS(Option)
Dummy Panel
Dummy Panel
Air Inlet
The ANCs can be replaced by ANBsin case of less than 3 TRE per sector
Temperature restriction:
In case of more than 9 TRE (in summary)limitation to +40 degrees C
Figure 74. MBI5 – 2x1...4/1x1...4 HP MBD – DC
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
168
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–p,qTRX900–HP/nTRX1800–MBD–HP [–E+–ANB]
Equipment Choice Quantity TDR
Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO3
SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3
TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+
p + q [ G4MOD**OOTor G4MOD**OOC](1)+ G4MOD**OOF
TRE module GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+
n [ G4MOD**OONor G4MOD**OOD](1)+ G4MOD**OOF
ANC module GSM 900 2 G4MOD**OO6
ANC module GSM 1800 1 G4MOD**OO7
ANB/ANC module GSM 900 2 G4MOD**OO6
or if p+q 4:GSM 900
2G4MOD1*OOA
ANB/ANC module GSM 1800 1 G4MOD**OO7
or if n 2:GSM 1800
1G4MOD1*OOC
50 Ohms load for AN 12 – n – p – q G3MOD**OOL
+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.
TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+
p’ + q’ [ G4MOD**OOTor G4MOD**OOC](1)+ G4MOD**OOF
TRE module GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+
n’ [ G4MOD**OONor G4MOD**OOD](1)+ G4MOD**OOF
ANC module GSM 900 if (p+p’+q+q’) > 4and no ANC on site: 2
G4MOD**OO6
ANC module GSM 1800 if n > 2and no ANC on site: 1
G4MOD**OO7
50 Ohms load for AN If ANC added:12–(n+n’+p+p’+q+q’)
G3MOD**OOL
(1) In case of more than 9 TRE (in summary) temperature restriction to +40°C . (Refer to § 2.4)
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
169
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
9.7 MBI5 – 1x1...4/...4,...2,...2 HP MBD – DC
Connection Area
Air Inlet
STAND
Legend
FANU FANUFANU
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
FANUFANUFANU
TRE1TRE2TRE1TRE2
ANC 1
TRE1TRE2TRE1TRE2
SUMA
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
TRE3TRE4TRE3TRE4
FANU FANU FANU
ANC 2( Sector 2 )
( Sector 1 )
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ANC 3( Sector 3 )
Empty space.
ÉÉÉÉÉÉ
GSM 1800
Multiband BTS :
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ANC 4( Sector 4 )
ANC 1
a b
TRE 1
ANC 2
a b
TRE 1
ANC 3a b
ANC 4a b
The BTS has 4 sectors withrespectively n, p, q and r TRE.
2 23 4
TRE 1 23 4 TRE 1 2
Dummy Panel
Dummy Panel
Air Inlet
Air Inlet
The ANCs can be replaced by ANBsin case of less than 3 TRE per sector
Temperature restriction:
In case of more than 9 TRE (in summary)limitation to +40 degrees C
Figure 75. MBI5 – 1x1...4/...4,...2,...2 HP MBD – DC
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
170
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–pTRX900–HP/q,n,rTRX1800–MBD–HP [–E+–ANB]
Equipment Choice Quantity TDR
Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO3
SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3
TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+
p [ G4MOD**OOTor G4MOD**OOC](1)+ G4MOD**OOF
TRE module GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+
n + q + r [ G4MOD**OONor G4MOD**OOD](1)+ G4MOD**OOF
ANB/ANC module GSM 900 1 G4MOD**OO1
or if p 2:GSM 900
1G4MOD1*OOB
ANB/ANC module GSM 1800 3 G4MOD**OO7
or if q 2:GSM 1800
3G4MOD1*OOC
50 Ohms load for AN If ANC:16 – n – p – q – r
G3MOD**OOL
+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.
TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+
p’ [ G4MOD**OOTor G4MOD**OOC](1)+ G4MOD**OOF
TRE module GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+
n’ + q’ + r’ [ G4MOD**OONor G4MOD**OOD](1)+ G4MOD**OOF
ANC module GSM 900 if (p+p’) > 2and no ANC on site: 1
G4MOD**OO6
ANC module GSM 1800 if (q+q’) > 2and no ANC on site: 2
G4MOD**OO7
50 Ohms load for AN If ANC added:16–(n+n’+q+q’+r+r’)
G3MOD**OOL
(1) In case of more than 9 TRE (in summary) temperature restriction to +40°C . (Refer to § 2.4)
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
171
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
9.8 MBI5 – ...4,...2,...2/1x1...4 HP MBD – DC
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
Connection Area
Air Inlet
STAND
Legend
FANU FANUFANU
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
FANUFANUFANU
TRE1TRE2TRE1TRE2
ANC 1
TRE1TRE2TRE1TRE2
SUMA
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
TRE3TRE4TRE3TRE4
FANU FANU FANU
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ANC 2( Sector 2 )
( Sector 1 )
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ANC 3( Sector 3 )
Empty space.
ÉÉÉÉÉÉGSM 1800
Multiband BTS :
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ANC 4( Sector 4 )
ANC 1a b
TRE 1
ANC 2a b
TRE 1
ANC 3
a b
ANC 4
a b
The BTS has 4 sectors withrespectively n, p, q and r TRE.
2 23 4
TRE 1 23 4 TRE 1 2
Dummy Panel
Dummy Panel
Air Inlet
Air Inlet
The ANCs can be replaced by ANBsin case of less than 3 TRE per sector
Temperature restriction:
In case of more than 9 TRE (in summary)limitation to +40 degrees C
Figure 76. MBI5 – ...4,...2,...2/1x1...4 HP MBD – DC
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
172
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–q,n,rTRX900–HP/pTRX1800–HP–MBD [–E+–ANB]
Equipment Choice Quantity TDR
Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO3
SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3
TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+
n + q + r [ G4MOD**OOTor G4MOD**OOC](1)+ G4MOD**OOF
TRE module GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+
p [ G4MOD**OONor G4MOD**OOD](1)+ G4MOD**OOF
ANB/ANC module GSM 900 3 G4MOD**OO6
or if (q+n+r) 6:GSM 900
3G4MOD1*OOA
ANB/ANC module GSM 1800 1 G4MOD**OO2
or if p 2:GSM 1800
1G4MOD1*OOD
50 Ohms load for AN If ANC: 16 – (n+p+q+r) G3MOD**OOL
+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.
TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+
n’ + q’ + r’ [ G4MOD**OOTor G4MOD**OOC](1)+ G4MOD**OOF
TRE module GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+
p’ [ G4MOD**OONor G4MOD**OOD](1)+ G4MOD**OOF
ANC module GSM 900 if (q+q’+n+n’+r+r’) > 6and no ANCs on site: 3
G4MOD**OO6
ANC module GSM 1800 if (p+p’) > 2and no ANCs on site: 1
G4MOD**OO2
50 Ohms load for AN If ANCs added:16–
(n+n’+p+p+q+q’+r+r’)
G3MOD**OOL
(1) In case of more than 9 TRE (in summary) temperature restriction to +40°C . (Refer to § 2.4)
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
173
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
9.9 MBI5 – 2x1...4/2x1...2 HP MBD or 2x(...4/...2) HP MBC – DC
For ordering rules, refer to section 9.11.
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
Connection Area
Air Inlet
STAND
Legend
FANU FANUFANU
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
FANUFANU
TRE1TRE2TRE1TRE2
ANC 1
TRE3TRE4TRE3
SUMA
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
TRE1TRE2TRE1TRE2
FANU FANU FANU
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ANC 2( Sector 2 )
( Sector 1 )
ANC 3( Sector 3 )
Empty space.
ÉÉÉÉÉÉ
GSM 1800
Multiband BTS :
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ANC 4( Sector 4 )
ANC 3a b
TRE 1
ANC 1a b
TRE 1
ANC 4a b
ANC 2a b
The BTS has 4 sectors withrespectively n, p, q and r TRE.
2
23 4
TRE 1 23 4
TRE 1 2
TRE4
FANU FANUMultiband Cell :
The BTS has 2 sectors :Sector 1 : – n TRE in GSM 900 band,
ANC1 and ANC2 are setto the same sector number.
– p TRE in GSM 1800 band.
Sector 2 : – q TRE in GSM 1800 band,
ANC3 and ANC4 are setto the same sector number.
– r TRE in GSM 900 band.
Dummy Panel
Dummy Panel
Air Inlet
Air Inlet
The ANCs can be replaced by ANBsin case of less than 3 TRE per sector
Temperature restriction:
In case of more than 9 TRE (in summary)limitation to +40 degrees C
Figure 77. MBI5 – 2x1...4/2x1...2 HP MBD or 2x(...4/...2) HP MBC – DC
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
174
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
9.10 MBI5 – 2x1...2/2x1...4 HP MBD or 2x(...2/...4) HP MBC – DC
For ordering rules, refer to section 9.11.
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
Connection Area
Air Inlet
STAND
Legend
FANU FANUFANU
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
FANUFANUFANU
TRE1TRE2TRE1TRE2
ANC 1
TRE3TRE4TRE3TRE4
SUMA
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
TRE1TRE2TRE1TRE2
FANU FANU FANU
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ANC 2( Sector 2 )
( Sector 1 )
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ANC 3( Sector 3 )
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ANC 4( Sector 4 )
Empty space.
ÉÉÉÉÉÉ
GSM 1800
Multiband BTS :
ANC 4a b
TRE 1
ANC 2a b
TRE 1
ANC 3a b
ANC 1a b
The BTS has 4 sectors withrespectively n, p, q and r TRE.
2
23 4
TRE 1 23 4
TRE 1 2
Multiband Cell :The BTS has 2 sectors :Sector 1 : – n TRE in GSM 900 band,
ANC1 and ANC2 are setto the same sector number.
– p TRE in GSM 1800 band.
Sector 2 : – q TRE in GSM 1800 band,
ANC3 and ANC4 are setto the same sector number.
– r TRE in GSM 900 band.Dummy Panel
Dummy Panel
Air Inlet
Air Inlet
The ANCs can be replaced by ANBsin case of less than 3 TRE per sector
Temperature restriction:
In case of more than 9 TRE (in summary)limitation to +40 degrees C
Figure 78. MBI5 – 2x1...2/2x1...4 HP MBD or 2x(...2/...4) HP MBC – DC
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
175
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
9.11 MBI5 – 2x1...3/2x1...3 HP MBD or 2x(...3/...3) HP MBC – DC
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
Connection Area
Air Inlet
STAND
Legend
FANU FANUFANU
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
FANUFANUFANU
TRE1TRE2TRE1TRE2
ANC 1
TRE3TRE3TRE3TRE3
SUMA
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
TRE1TRE2TRE1TRE2
FANU FANU FANU
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ANC 2( Sector 2 )
( Sector 1 )
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ANC 3( Sector 3 )
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ANC 4( Sector 4 )
Empty space.
ÉÉÉÉÉÉ
GSM 1800
Multiband BTS :
ANC 2
a b
TRE 1
ANC 1
a b
The BTS has 4 sectors withrespectively n, p, q and r TRE.
23TRE 1 2
Multiband Cell :The BTS has 2 sectors :Sector 1 : – n TRE in GSM 900 band,
ANC1 and ANC2 are setto the same sector number.
– p TRE in GSM 1800 band.
Sector 2 : – q TRE in GSM 1800 band,
ANC3 and ANC4 are setto the same sector number.
– r TRE in GSM 900 band.Dummy Panel
Dummy Panel
Air Inlet
Air Inlet
The ANCs can be replaced by ANBsin case of less than 3 TRE per sector
3
ANC 2
a b
TRE 1
ANC 3
a b
23TRE 1 23
ANC 4
Temperature restriction:
In case of more than 9 TRE (in summary)limitation to +40 degrees C
Figure 79. MBI5 – 2x1...3/2x1...3 HP MBD or 2x(...3/...3) HP MBC – DC
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
176
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,rTRX900–HP/p,qTRX1800–HP–MBD [–E+]BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,rTRX900–HP/p,qTRX1800–HP–MBC [–E+]
Equipment Choice Quantity TDR
Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO3
SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3
TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+
n + r [ G4MOD**OOTor G4MOD**OOC](1)+ G4MOD**OOF
TRE module GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+
p + q [ G4MOD**OONor G4MOD**OOD](1)+ G4MOD**OOF
ANB/ANC module GSM 900 1 G4MOD**OO6
or if (n +r) 4:GSM 900
2G4MOD1*OOA
ANB/ANC module GSM 1800 1+ 1
G4MOD**OO7+ G4MOD**OO2
or if (p+q) 4:GSM 1800
1+ 1
G4MOD1*OOC+ G4MOD**OODGSM 1800
+ 1 + G4MOD**OOD
50 Ohms load for AN If ANC:16 – n – p – q – r
G3MOD**OOL
+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.
TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+
n’ + r’ [ G4MOD**OOTor G4MOD**OOC](1)+ G4MOD**OOF
TRE module GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+
p’ + r’ [ G4MOD**OONor G4MOD**OOD](1)+ G4MOD**OOF
ANC module GSM 900 if (n+n’+r+r’) > 4and no ANC on site: 2
G4MOD**OO6
ANC module GSM 1800 if (p+p’+q+q’) > 4and no ANC on site: 1+ 1
G4MOD**OO7+ G4MOD**OO2
50 Ohms load for AN If ANC added:16
–(n+n’+p+p’+q+q’+r+r’)
G3MOD**OOL
(1) In case of more than 9 TRE (in summary) temperature restriction to +40°C . (Refer to § 2.4)
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
177
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
9.12 MBI5 – 2x1...2/2x1...2 HP MBD or 2x(...2/...2) HP MBC – 24V DC
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
Connection Area
Air Inlet
STAND
Legend
FANU FANUFANU
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
FANUFANUFANU
TRE1TRE2
ANC 1
TRE1TRE1TRE2
SUMA
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
TRE2TRE1TRE2
FANU FANU FANU
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ANC 2( Sector 2 )
( Sector 1 )
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ANC 3( Sector 3 )
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ANC 4( Sector 4 )
Empty space.
ÉÉÉÉÉÉ
GSM 1800
Multiband BTS :
ANC 2a b
TRE 1
ANC 1a b
The BTS has 4 sectors withrespectively n, p, q and r TRE.
2TRE 1 2
Multiband Cell :The BTS has 2 sectors :Sector 1 : – n TRE in GSM 900 band,
ANC1 and ANC2 are setto the same sector number.
– p TRE in GSM 1800 band.
Sector 2 : – q TRE in GSM 1800 band,
ANC3 and ANC4 are setto the same sector number.
– r TRE in GSM 900 band.
Dummy Panel
Dummy Panel
Air Inlet
Air Inlet
The ANCs can be replaced by ANBsalso
ANC 2
a b
TRE 1
ANC 3
a b
2TRE 1 2
ANC 4
24V 24V 24V
Figure 80. MBI5 – 2x1...2/2x1...2 HP MBD or 2x(...2/...2) HP MBC – 24V DC
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
178
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,rTRX900–HP/p,qTRX1800–HP–MBD –24V [–E+]BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,rTRX900–HP/p,qTRX1800–HP–MBC –24V [–E+]
Equipment Choice Quantity TDR
Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO3
Converter 24V 3
SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3
TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+
n + r [ G4MOD**OOTor G4MOD**OOC]+ G4MOD**OOF
TRE module GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+
p + q [ G4MOD**OONor G4MOD**OOD]+ G4MOD**OOF
ANB/ANC module GSM 900 2 G4MOD**OO6
or:GSM 900
2G4MOD1*OOA
ANB/ANC module GSM 1800 1+ 1
G4MOD**OO7+ G4MOD**OO2
or:GSM 1800
1+ 1
G4MOD1*OOC+ G4MOD**OODGSM 1800
+ 1 + G4MOD**OOD
50 Ohms load for AN If ANC:16 – n – p – q – r
G3MOD**OOL
+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.
TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module GSM 900 EDGE n’ + r’ G4MOD**OOT+ G4MOD**OOF
TRE module GSM 1800 EDGE p’ + q’ G4MOD**OON+ G4MOD**OOF
TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+
n’ + r’ [ G4MOD**OOTor G4MOD**OOC]+ G4MOD**OOF
TRE module GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+
p’ + r’ [ G4MOD**OONor G4MOD**OOD]+ G4MOD**OOF
ANC module GSM 900 if (n+n’+r+r’) > 4and no ANC on site: 2
G4MOD**OO6
ANC module GSM 1800 if (p+p’+q+q’) > 4and no ANC on site: 1+ 1
G4MOD**OO7+ G4MOD**OO2
50 Ohms load for AN If ANC added:16
–(n+n’+p+p’+q+q’+r+r’)
G3MOD**OOL
All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of thisdocument, use and communication of its contents
not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.
ED
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 – ALICE 04.10
179
08
/
3BK
15015 CB
AA
PW
ZZ
A
195
195
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
180
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
9.13 MBI5 – 1x(...2/...2), 1x(...4/...4) HP MBC – DC
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
Connection Area
Air Inlet
STAND
Legend
FANU FANUFANU
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
FANUFANU
TRE1TRE2TRE1TRE2
ANC 1
TRE3TRE4
TRE3
SUMA
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
TRE1TRE2TRE1TRE2
FANU FANU FANU
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ANC 2( Sector 2 )
( Sector 1 )
ANC 3( Sector 1 )
Empty space.
ÉÉÉÉÉÉGSM 1800
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ANC 4( Sector 2 )
ANC 1a b
TRE 1
ANC 2a b
TRE 1
ANC 4a b
ANC 3a b
2
23 4 TRE 1 23 4
TRE 1 2
TRE4
FANU FANU
Multiband Cell :
The BTS has 2 sectors :
Sector 1 : – n TRE in GSM 900 band,
ANC1 and ANC3 are setto the same sector number.
– p TRE in GSM 1800 band.Sector 2 :
– q TRE in GSM 1800 band.
ANC2 and ANC4 are setto the same sector number.
– r TRE in GSM 900 band.
Dummy Panel
Dummy Panel
Air Inlet
Air Inlet
The ANCs can be replaced by ANBsin case of less than 3 TRE per sector
Temperature restriction:
In case of more than 9 TRE (in summary)limitation to +40 degrees C
Figure 81. MBI5 – 1x(...2/...2), 1x(...4/...4) HP MBC – DC
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
181
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,rTRX900–HP/p,qTRX1800–HP–MBD [–E+]BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,rTRX900–HP/p,qTRX1800–HP–MBC [–E+]
Equipment Choice Quantity TDR
Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO3
SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3
TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+
n + r [ G4MOD**OOTor G4MOD**OOC](1)+ G4MOD**OOF
TRE module GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+
p + q [ G4MOD**OONor G4MOD**OOD](1)+ G4MOD**OOF
ANB/ANC module GSM 900 1 G4MOD**OO6
or if (n +r) 4:GSM 900
2G4MOD1*OOA
ANB/ANC module GSM 1800 1+ 1
G4MOD**OO7+ G4MOD**OO2
or if (p+q) 4:GSM 1800
1+ 1
G4MOD1*OOC+ G4MOD**OODGSM 1800
+ 1 + G4MOD**OOD
50 Ohms load for AN If ANC:16 – n – p – q – r
G3MOD**OOL
+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.
TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+
n’ + r’ [ G4MOD**OOTor G4MOD**OOC](1)+ G4MOD**OOF
TRE module GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+
p’ + q’ [ G4MOD**OONor G4MOD**OOD](1)+ G4MOD**OOF
ANC module GSM 900 if (n+n’+r+r’) > 4and no ANC on site: 2
G4MOD**OO6
ANC module GSM 1800 if (p+p’+q+q’) > 4and no ANC on site: 1+ 1
G4MOD**OO7+ G4MOD**OO2
50 Ohms load for AN If ANC added:16
–(n+n’+p+p’+q+q’+r+r’)
G3MOD**OOL
(1) In case of more than 9 TRE (in summary) temperature restriction to +40°C . (Refer to § 2.4)
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
182
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
9.14 MBI5 – 3x1/3x1HP MBD or 3x(1/1) HP MBC DC
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
Connection Area
Air Inlet
STAND
Legend
FANU FANUFANU
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
FANUFANUFANU
TRE1
ANC 1
TRE1TRE1TRE1
SUMA
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
TRE1TRE1
FANU FANU FANU
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ANC 2
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ANC 4
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ANC 3
Empty space.
ÉÉÉÉ
GSM 1800
Multiband BTS :
The BTS has 6 sectors withrespectively one TRE
Dummy Panel
Dummy Panel
Air Inlet
Air Inlet
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ANC 6
ANC 5
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ANC 2
TRE1
Multiband Cell :
The BTS has 3 sectors with each
Sector 1:ANC1 and ANC4 are setto the same sector number.
one TRE in GSM 900 band and inGSM1800 band
Sector 2:ANC2 and ANC5 are setto the same sector number.Sector 3:ANC3 and ANC6 are setto the same sector number.
The ANCs can be replaced by ANBsalso
ANC 3a b
TRE 1
ANC 1a b
TRE 1
a b
TRE 1
ANC 2a b
TRE 1
ANC 5
ANC 6a b
TRE 1
ANC 4a b
TRE 1
2
2 2
sector n sector q
sector p
sector r
sector s
sector t
Figure 82. MBI5 – 3x1/3x1 HP MBD or 3x(1/1) HP MBC DC
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
183
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–1,1,1TRX900–HP/1,1,1TRX1800–HP–MBD DC [–E+]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–1,1,1TRX900–HP/1,1,1TRX1800–HP–MBC DC [–E+]
Equipment Choice Quantity TDR
Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO3
SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3
TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+
3 [ G4MOD**OOTor G4MOD**OOC](1)+ G4MOD**OOF
TRE module GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+
3 [ G4MOD**OONor G4MOD**OOD](1)+ G4MOD**OOF
ANB/ANC module GSM 900 3 G4MOD**OO6
or:GSM 900
3G4MOD1*OOA
ANB/ANC module GSM 1800 3 G4MOD**OO2
or:GSM 1800 3 G4MOD**OOD
50 Ohms load for AN If ANC:18
G3MOD**OOL
+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.
TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION : No extension
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
184
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
9.15 MBI5 – 3x1/3x2 HP MBD or 3x(1/2) HP MBC DC
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
Connection Area
Air Inlet
STAND
Legend
FANU FANUFANU
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
FANUFANUFANU
TRE1
ANC 1
TRE1TRE2
SUMA
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
TRE2
TRE1
FANU FANU FANU
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ANC 6
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ANC 2
Empty space.
ÉÉÉÉÉÉ
GSM 1800
The BTS has 6 sectors withrespectively one or two TRE
Dummy Panel
Dummy Panel
Air Inlet
Air Inlet
The ANCs can be replaced by ANBsalso
ANC 5
TRE1
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ANC 4
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
TRE1TRE2
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ANC 3
TRE1
(Sector 1)(Sector 3)(Sector 2)
(Sector 5)(Sector 4)(Sector 6)
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
TRE1
TRE1
Multiband Cell :
The BTS has 3 sectors with each
Sector 1:ANC1 and ANC4 are setto the same sector number.
Sector 2:ANC2 and ANC5 are setto the same sector number.Sector 3:ANC3 and ANC6 are setto the same sector number.
Multiband BTS :
– 1 TRE in GSM900 band and– 2 TRE in GSM1800 band
ANC 3a b
TRE 1
ANC 1a b
TRE 1
a b
TRE 1
ANC 2a b
TRE 1
ANC 5
ANC 6a b
TRE 1
ANC 4a b
TRE 1
2
2 2
sector n sector q
sector p
sector r
sector s
sector t
Figure 83. MBI5 – 3x1/3x2 HP MBD DC
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
185
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–1,1,1TRX900–HP/2,2,2TRX1800–HP–MBD DC [–E+]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–1,1,1TRX900–HP/2,2,2TRX1800–HP–MBC DC [–E+]
Equipment Choice Quantity TDR
Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO3
SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3
TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+
3 [ G4MOD**OOTor G4MOD**OOC]+ G4MOD**OOF
TRE module GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+
6 [ G4MOD**OONor G4MOD**OOD]+ G4MOD**OOF
ANB/ANC module GSM 900 3 G4MOD**OO6
or:GSM 900
3G4MOD1*OOA
ANB/ANC module GSM 1800 3 G4MOD**OO2
or:GSM 1800 3 G4MOD**OOD
50 Ohms load for AN If ANC:15
G3MOD**OOL
+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.
TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION : No extension
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
186
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
9.16 MBI5 – 3x2/3x1 HP MBD or 3x(2/1) HP MBC DC
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
Connection Area
Air Inlet
STAND
Legend
FANU FANUFANU
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
FANUFANUFANU
TRE1
ANC 1
TRE1TRE2
SUMA
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
TRE2
TRE1
FANU FANU FANU
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ANC 6
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ANC 2
Empty space.
ÉÉÉÉÉÉ
GSM 900
Dummy Panel
Dummy Panel
Air Inlet
Air Inlet
The ANCs can be replaced by ANBsalso
ANC 5
TRE1
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ANC 4
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
TRE1TRE2
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ANC 3
TRE1
(Sector 1)(Sector 3)(Sector 2)
(Sector 5)(Sector 4)(Sector 6)
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
TRE1
TRE1
The BTS has 6 sectors withrespectively one or two TRE
Multiband Cell :
The BTS has 3 sectors with each
Sector 1:
ANC1 and ANC4 are setto the same sector number.
Sector 2:ANC2 and ANC5 are setto the same sector number.
Sector 3:ANC3 and ANC6 are setto the same sector number.
Multiband BTS :
– 2 TRE in GSM900 band and– 1 TRE in GSM1800 band
ANC 3
a b
TRE 1
ANC 1
a b
TRE 1
a b
TRE 1
ANC 2a b
TRE 1
ANC 5
ANC 6a b
TRE 1
ANC 4a b
TRE 1
2
2 2
sector n sector q
sector p
sector r
sector s
sector t
Figure 84. MBI5 – 3x2/3x1 HP MBD DC
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
187
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–2,2,2TRX900–HP/1,1,1TRX1800–HP–MBD DC [–E+]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–2,2,2TRX900–HP/1,1,1TRX1800–HP–MBC DC [–E+]
Equipment Choice Quantity TDR
Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO3
SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3
TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+
6 [ G4MOD**OOTor G4MOD**OOC]+ G4MOD**OOF
TRE module GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+
3 [ G4MOD**OONor G4MOD**OOD]+ G4MOD**OOF
ANB/ANC module GSM 900 3 G4MOD**OO6
or:GSM 900
3G4MOD1*OOA
ANB/ANC module GSM 1800 3 G4MOD**OO2
or:GSM 1800 3 G4MOD**OOD
50 Ohms load for AN If ANC:15
G3MOD**OOL
+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.
TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION : No extension
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
188
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
10 EMPTY CONFIGURATIONS
10.1 MBI3–0TRX – DC or AC
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀ
Connection Area
Air Inlet
STAND
FANU FANUFANU
Air Inlet
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
BATS(Option)
FANU FANU FANU
ANC 1ANC 2 SUMA
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ADAM
PM12
PM12
Dummy Panel
Legend
Optional equipment
ÅÅÅÅÅÅ
Modules present onlyin AC configuration
Explanation
This configuration is based onMBI3 2x1...2 AC
Empty space
Figure 85. MBI3 – 0TRX DC or AC (example)
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
189
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI3–0TRX–[AC–BU u]
Equipment Choice Quantity TDR
Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO1
or AC 1 MBIGSM*OO2
TDS REFERENCES FOR OPTIONS:
SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3
ANB/ANC module GSM 850or GSM 900or GSM 1800or GSM 1900
1...3 G850MODOO3or G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7or G4MOD**OOS
or:GSM 900
or GSM 1800
1...3G4MOD1*OOA
or G4MOD1*OOC
Battery Backup Unit(In case of AC–variant)
BU5 1 G4CAB**OO8
+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
190
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
10.2 MBI5–0TRX – DC or AC
Connection Area
Air
Dummy
Air Inlet
STAND
Legend
FANU FANUFANU
FANUFANUFANU
ANC 1
Air Inlet
Optional equipment
FANU FANU FANU
ANC 2( Sector 2 )
( Sector 1 )
( Sector 3 )
SUMA
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ADAM
PM12
PM12
PM12
ÅÅÅÅÅÅ
Modules present onlyin AC configurationÅÅÅÅÅÅ
ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ
BATS
Panel
Dummy Panel
Inlet
ANC 3
Explanation
This configuration is based onMBI5 – 3x1...4 –DC or AC
Empty space(Option)
Figure 86. MBI5 – 0TRX – DC or AC (example)
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
191
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–0TRX–[AC–BU u]
Equipment Choice Quantity TDR
Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO3
or AC 1 MBIGSM*OO4+ G4CAB**OO1
TDS REFERENCES FOR OPTIONS:
SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3
ANB/ANC module GSM 850or GSM 900or GSM 1800or GSM 1900
1...3 G850MODOO3or G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7or G4MOD**OOS
or:GSM 900
or GSM 1800
1...3G4MOD1*OOA
or G4MOD1*OOC
Battery Backup Unit(In case of AC–variant)
BU5 1 G4CAB**OO8
+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
192
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
11 OPTIONAL EQUIPMENTS & INSTALLATION KITS
11.1 Kit for microwave equipments
Equipment Choice Quantity TDR
Kit PIDU For up to 3 x PIDU :1
KITPIDU005
OPEN POINT §11.1 Kit PIDU for MBI not yet defined in PCL.
11.2 Installation kits : characteristics
Site preparation may require some installation kits such as cables, DDF, ...The goal of this chapter is to give you some information about the characteristics of these kits.Note : The cables and DDF described here after are supplied either by the customer (In accordancewith the specification for site preparation ) or by Alcatel.
Cables:Here are, for reminder, some informations about the power cables used in the kits :
DC Power cable up to 30m length : 16 mm2
AC Power cable up to 30m length : 2x4 mm2
Ground cable : 16 mm2
PCM cables can be used up to 100m.PCM 120 Ohms : L907 4 pairsPCM 75 Ohms : FLEX3 4 coaxialsExternal Alarms : L907 8 pairs.
Digital Distribution Frame (DDF):The DDF, valid for 120 Ohms and 75 Ohms connections, is composed of :
– 4 terminal blocks (for 10 pairs each),– 1 mechanical part,– 1 wall fixing kit, or rack fixing kit,– 1 labels kit.
Rack fixing kit:Two kinds are defined depending of the use : concrete or raised floor mounting.There is also available an additional fixing kit to enable a better rack fuxing in earthquake–prone areas.
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
193
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
Installation Kits
Equipment Choice Quantity TDR
Mandatory Equipments
Basic Installation Kit 1 MBSINSTOO1
Antenna Jumper Cable 1mor 2m (1)or 3mor 5m
2 per ANC G3INS**OOUor INSTALBOOJor MBSINSTOO5or INSTALBOOK
Cables
PCM Cable 75 Ω / Roll 100mor 75 Ω / Roll 250mor 120 Ω / Roll 100mor 120 Ω / Roll 250m
(a)PCMCAB1OOC
or PCMCAB1OODor PCMCAB1OOGor PCMCAB1OOH
Alarm Cable Roll 100mor Roll 250m
(b) PCMCAB1OOJor PCMCAB1OOL
DC Power cable Roll 100m
or Roll 250m(c)
[ PWSCAB1OOE+ PWSCAB1OOG]
or [ PWSCAB1OOF+ PWSCAB1OOH]
AC Power cable Roll 100mor Roll 250m
(d) PWSCAB1OOYor PWSCAB1OOZ
Ground cable Roll 100mor Roll 250m
(e) PWSCAB1OOJor PWSCAB1OOL
Optional Equipments
DDF Wall fixing
or Rack fixing
1 [ G3INS2*OOJ+ G3INS2*OOK ]
or [ G3INS2*OOJ+ G3INS2*OOL ]
Jumpers for DDF 75 Ω / Roll 100mor 75 Ω / Roll 250mor 120 Ω / Roll 100mor 120 Ω / Roll 250m
(f)PCMCAB1OOA
or PCMCAB1OOBor PCMCAB1OOEor PCMCAB1OOF
Rack fixing kit for Concrete Flooror for Raised Floor
1 G3INS**OOXor [ G3INS*OOX
+ MBSINSTOO2 ]
Additional fixing kit 1 MBSINSTOO3
(1) 2m is the standard jumper cable
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
194
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
DIMENSIONING OF THE ROLLS
As a roll may cover several installations, the number of rolls to be ordered will be defined by thelaunching people, depending of :
– Number of BTSs to be installed,– Indications from Site Survey,– or Average lengths given in the table here below.
Note Cable type MaximumLength
Average Length Roll 100mcoverage
Roll 250mcoverage
(a) PCM cable 100m 20m 1 to 5 BTS 1 to 12 BTS
(b) Alarm cable 100m 20m 1 to 5 BTS 1 to 12 BTS
(c) DC Power cable 30m 10m 1 to 10 BTS 1 to 25 BTS
(d) AC Power cable 30m 10m 1 to 10 BTS 1 to 25 BTS
(e) Ground cable 30m 10m 1 to 10 BTS 1 to 25 BTS
(f) Jumpers forDDF
100m 0,5m 1 to 20 BTS 1 to 50 BTS
All
right
s re
serv
ed. P
assi
ng o
n an
d co
pyin
g of
this
docu
men
t, us
e an
d co
mm
unic
atio
n of
its
cont
ents
not p
erm
itted
with
out w
ritte
n au
thor
izat
ion
from
Evo
lium
.
ED
1AA
000
14 0
004
(900
7) A
4 –
ALI
CE
04.
10
195
08
/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA
195
195
GLOSSARY / TERMINOLOGYAC Alternating CurrentAD Antenna DiversityADAM AC/DC Adapter ModuleAN Antenna NetworkANB Antenna Network Bi TREANC Antenna Network with CombinerANY Antenna Network – Type Y (Twin wide band combiner stage and power splitter)BATS BATtery SmallBBU Battery Backup UnitBTS Base Transceiver StationBTSCA BTS Connection AreaBU101 Battery Unit (90 Ah)CMA Configuration Management ApplicationDC Direct CurrentDCS Digital Cellular SystemE1 PCM link at 2.048 Mbit/s in either 120 or 75 Ohm.EDGE Enhanced Data rates for GSM EvolutionGPS Global Positioning SystemGPSRS GPS Receiver StationGSM Global System for Mobile CommunicationHW HardWareIDU InDoor Unit ( of microwave entity )Low Losses So called configurations in which more than 1 ANC and more than 2 antennas
are installed per sector.MAB Mast Amplifier BoxMBI Multistandard Base station IndoorMW MicrowaveNE Network EntityODU OutDoor Unit ( of microwave entity )OMU Operation and Maintenance UnitPCL Product Configuration LevelPCM Pulse Coded ModulationPDU Power Distribution UnitPM12 Power Module 1200W AC/DCPS Power SupplyREK Range Extension KitRI Remote InventoryRIT Replaceable ITemRNP Radio Network PlanningSR SubrackSTASR STAndard SubrackSUM Station Unit ModuleSUMA RIT name of the G4 SUM.SUS Station Unit SharingTDR Technical Data ReferenceNTL Network Termination LineTRE TRansceiver Equipment
END OF DOCUMENT